merge trunk

2018-05-05 11:39:20 +00:00 · 2017-02-01 15:03:59 +00:00 · 2016-10-03 16:55:56 +00:00 · 2016-08-22 07:58:55 +00:00 · 2016-07-11 09:16:15 +00:00 · 2016-07-11 08:09:33 +00:00
775 changed files with 53324 additions and 68083 deletions
@@ -4,26 +4,6 @@ compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
 compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
 compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
 compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
-compat/zlib/win32/zdll.lib
-compat/zlib/win32/zlib1.dll
-compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
-compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
-compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
-compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
-libtommath/win32/tommath.lib
-libtommath/win32/libtommath.dll
-libtommath/win64/tommath.lib
-libtommath/win64/libtommath.dll
-libtommath/win64/libtommath.dll.a
-*.a
 *.bmp
-*.dll
-*.exe
 *.gif
-*.gz
-*.jpg
-*.lib
-*.pdf
-*.png
-*.xlsx
-*.zip
+*.png
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+compat/zlib/contrib/dotzlib/DotZLib/UnitTests.cs
+compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
+compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
+compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
+compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
+libtommath/*.dsp
+libtommath/*.sln
+libtommath/*.vcproj
+tools/tcl.hpj.in
+tools/tcl.wse.in
+win/buildall.vc.bat
+win/coffbase.txt
+win/makefile.vc
+win/rules.vc
+win/rules-ext.vc
+win/targets.vc
+win/tcl.dsp
+win/tcl.dsw
+win/tcl.hpj.in
@@ -3,9 +3,7 @@
 *.dylib
 *.exe
 *.exp
-*.la
 *.lib
-*.lo
 *.o
 *.obj
 *.pdb
@@ -21,18 +19,14 @@
 */tcltest*
 */versions.vc
 */version.vc
-*/libtcl.vfs
-*/libtcl_*.zip
 html
 libtommath/bn.ilg
 libtommath/bn.ind
 libtommath/pretty.build
 libtommath/tommath.src
-libtommath/*.log
 libtommath/*.pdf
-libtommath/gen.pl
+libtommath/*.pl
 libtommath/*.sh
-libtommath/doc/*
 libtommath/tombc/*
 libtommath/pre_gen/*
 libtommath/pics/*
@@ -49,7 +43,6 @@ unix/tclIndex
 unix/pkgs/*
 win/Debug*
 win/Release*
-win/*.manifest
 win/pkgs/*
 win/coffbase.txt
 win/tcl.hpj
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-# Set the default behavior, in case people don't have core.autocrlf set.
-* eol=lf
-* text=auto
-
-# Explicitly declare text files you want to always be normalized and converted
-# to native line endings on checkout.
-*.3 text
-*.c text
-*.css text
-*.enc text
-*.h text
-*.htm text
-*.html text
-*.java text
-*.js text
-*.json text
-*.n text
-*.svg text
-*.ts text
-*.tcl text
-*.test text
-
-# Declare files that will always have CRLF line endings on checkout.
-*.bat eol=crlf
-*.sln eol=crlf
-*.vc eol=crlf
-
-# Denote all files that are truly binary and should not be modified.
-*.a binary
-*.dll binary
-*.exe binary
-*.gif binary
-*.gz binary
-*.jpg binary
-*.lib binary
-*.pdf binary
-*.png binary
-*.xlsx binary
-*.zip binary
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Important Note
-==========
-Please do not file issues with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Important Note
-==========
-Please do not file pull requests with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-*.a
-*.dll
-*.dylib
-*.exe
-*.exp
-*.lib
-*.o
-*.obj
-*.pdb
-*.res
-*.sl
-*.so
-*/Makefile
-*/config.cache
-*/config.log
-*/config.status
-*/tclConfig.sh
-*/tclsh*
-*/tcltest*
-*/versions.vc
-*/version.vc
-*/libtcl.vfs
-*/libtcl_*.zip
-html
-libtommath/bn.ilg
-libtommath/bn.ind
-libtommath/pretty.build
-libtommath/tommath.src
-libtommath/*.log
-libtommath/*.pdf
-libtommath/*.pl
-libtommath/*.sh
-libtommath/doc/*
-libtommath/tombc/*
-libtommath/pre_gen/*
-libtommath/pics/*
-libtommath/mtest/*
-libtommath/logs/*
-libtommath/etc/*
-libtommath/demo/*
-libtommath/*.out
-libtommath/*.tex
-unix/autoMkindex.tcl
-unix/dltest.marker
-unix/tcl.pc
-unix/tclIndex
-unix/pkgs/*
-win/Debug*
-win/Release*
-win/*.manifest
-win/pkgs/*
-win/coffbase.txt
-win/tcl.hpj
-win/nmhlp-out.txt
@@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
-sudo: false
-language: c
-
-matrix:
-  include:
-# Testing on Linux with various compilers
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Static"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Debug"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
-# Older versions of GCC...
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 7/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-7
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-7
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 6/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-6
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-6
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 5/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-5
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-5
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 4.9/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-4.9
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-4.9
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-# Clang
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Debug"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
-# Testing on Mac, various styles
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11.3/Shared/Unix-like"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode11.3
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11.3/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode11.3
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: &mactest
-        - make all
-        # The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
-        - make test styles=develop
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 10/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode10.3
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: *mactest
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 9/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode9
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: *mactest
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 8/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode8
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: *mactest
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-# Test with mingw-w64 cross-compile
-# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
-    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows/GCC/Shared/no test"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          packages:
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
-            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
-            - gcc-mingw-w64
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit"
-      script: &crosstest
-        - make all tcltest
-        # Include a high visibility marker that tests are skipped outright
-        - >
-          echo "`tput setaf 3`SKIPPED TEST: CROSS COMPILING`tput sgr0`"
-# Test with mingw-w64 (32 bit) cross-compile
-# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
-    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          packages:
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
-            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
-            - gcc-mingw-w64
-            - gcc-multilib
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT=--host=i686-w64-mingw32
-      script: *crosstest
-# Test on Windows with MSVC native
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: &vcenv
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"
-      before_install: &vcpreinst
-        - PATH="$PATH:$VCDIR"
-        - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc test'
-# Test on Windows with MSVC native (32-bit)
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc test'
-# Test on Windows with GCC native
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit"
-      before_install: &makepreinst
-        - choco install -y make zip
-        - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --disable-shared"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --enable-symbols"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-# Test on Windows with GCC native (32-bit)
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=6"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-before_install:
-  - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-install:
-  - ./configure ${CFGOPT} --prefix=$HOME || (cat config.log && exit 1)
-before_script:
-  - export ERROR_ON_FAILURES=1
-script:
-  - make all tcltest
-  - make test
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 A NOTE ON THE CHANGELOG:
 Starting in early 2011, Tcl source code has been under the management of
-fossil, hosted at https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ .  Fossil presents a "Timeline"
+fossil, hosted at http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ .  Fossil presents a "Timeline"
 view of changes made that is superior in every way to a hand edited log file.
 Because of this, many Tcl developers are now out of the habit of maintaining
 this log file.  You may still find useful things in it, but the Timeline is
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@
 	initialization assumptions of the TIP 280 code in CompileWord().

 	* generic/tclCompExpr.c:	Suppress the attempt to convert to
-	numeric when pre-compiling a constant expression indicates an error.
+	numeric when pre-compiling a constant expresion indicates an error.

 2007-08-22  Miguel Sofer  <msofer@users.sf.net>

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+README:  Tcl
+    This is the Tcl 9.0a0 source distribution.
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
+    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.
+
+Contents
+--------
+    1. Introduction
+    2. Documentation
+    3. Compiling and installing Tcl
+    4. Development tools
+    5. Tcl newsgroup
+    6. The Tcler's Wiki
+    7. Mailing lists
+    8. Support and Training
+    9. Tracking Development
+    10. Thank You
+
+1. Introduction
+---------------
+Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
+tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
+When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
+way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
+Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
+powerful command languages for applications.
+
+Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
+Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
+takes place at:
+
+	http://core.tcl.tk/
+
+Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:
+
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
+
+with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at:
+
+	http://www.tcl.tk/
+
+Tcl is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
+anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
+and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
+"license.terms" for complete information.
+
+2. Documentation
+----------------
+
+Extensive documentation is available at our website.
+The home page for this release, including new features, is
+	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html
+
+Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
+by clicking on the relevant version.
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
+
+Information about Tcl itself can be found at
+	http://www.tcl.tk/about/
+
+There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
+	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206
+
+To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 online,
+visit the URL:
+	http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl9.0/
+
+2a. Unix Documentation
+----------------------
+
+The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
+reference manual entries for Tcl.  Files with extension ".1" are for
+programs (for example, tclsh.1); files with extension ".3" are for C
+library procedures; and files with extension ".n" describe Tcl
+commands.  The file "doc/Tcl.n" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
+language syntax.  To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
+"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
+normal -man macros, for example
+
+		ditroff -man Tcl.n
+
+to print Tcl.n.  If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
+supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
+normal "man" mechanisms, such as
+
+		man Tcl
+
+2b. Windows Documentation
+-------------------------
+
+The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
+help files for Tcl.  Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
+Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
+
+	Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
+
+3. Compiling and installing Tcl
+-------------------------------
+
+There are brief notes in the unix/README, win/README, and macosx/README about
+compiling on these different platforms.  There is additional information
+about building Tcl from sources at
+
+	http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
+
+4. Development tools
+---------------------------
+
+ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
+tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
+Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
+static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
+more.  More information can be found at
+
+	http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
+
+5. Tcl newsgroup
+----------------
+
+There is a USENET news group, "comp.lang.tcl", intended for the exchange of
+information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications.  The newsgroup is a
+great place to ask general information questions.  For bug reports, please
+see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
+
+6. Tcl'ers Wiki
+---------------
+
+A Wiki-based open community site covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk is at:
+
+	http://wiki.tcl.tk/
+
+It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions.  A
+wealth of useful information can be found there.  It contains code
+snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
+development tools, extensions, and applications.  You can also recommend
+additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
+
+7. Mailing lists
+----------------
+
+Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or
+use issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics).  For more information and
+to subscribe, visit:
+
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
+
+and go to the Mailing Lists page.
+
+8. Support and Training
+------------------------
+
+We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions
+for improvements.  We prefer that you send this information to us as
+tickets entered into our tracker at:
+
+	http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/reportlist
+
+We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
+specific turn-around time.  Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
+at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
+slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink).  It's very
+difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
+the size of the installed base.
+
+The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support
+for users.  If you need help we suggest that you post questions to
+comp.lang.tcl.  We read the newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric
+questions for which no one else is likely to know the answer.  In addition,
+see the following Web site for links to other organizations that offer
+Tcl/Tk training:
+
+	http://wiki.tcl.tk/training
+
+9. Tracking Development
+-----------------------
+
+Tcl is developed in public.  To keep an eye on how Tcl is changing, see
+	http://core.tcl.tk/
+
+10. Thank You
+-------------
+
+We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
+helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
+Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-# README:  Tcl
-
-This is the **Tcl 9.0a2** source distribution.
-
-You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
-site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).
-
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl)
-
-## Contents
- 1. [Introduction](#intro)
- 2. [Documentation](#doc)
- 3. [Compiling and installing Tcl](#build)
- 4. [Development tools](#devtools)
- 5. [Tcl newsgroup](#complangtcl)
- 6. [The Tcler's Wiki](#wiki)
- 7. [Mailing lists](#email)
- 8. [Support and Training](#support)
- 9. [Tracking Development](#watch)
- 10. [Thank You](#thanks)
-
-## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction
-Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
-tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
-When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
-way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
-Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
-powerful command languages for applications.
-
-Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
-Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
-takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
-Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by
-SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/)
-with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at
-[www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org).
-
-Tcl is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
-anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
-and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
-`license.terms` for complete information.
-
-## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation
-Extensive documentation is available at our website.
-The home page for this release, including new features, is
-[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html).
-Detailed release notes can be found at the
-[file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
-by clicking on the relevant version.
-
-Information about Tcl itself can be found at the [Developer
-Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).
-There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in
-[the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).
-
-The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 is [online,
-here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl9.0/).
-
-### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation
-The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
-reference manual entries for Tcl.  Files with extension "`.1`" are for
-programs (for example, `tclsh.1`); files with extension "`.3`" are for C
-library procedures; and files with extension "`.n`" describe Tcl
-commands.  The file "`doc/Tcl.n`" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
-language syntax.  To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
-"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
-normal -man macros, for example
-
-		groff -man -Tpdf Tcl.n >output.pdf
-
-to print Tcl.n to PDF.  If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
-supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
-normal "man" mechanisms, such as
-
-		man Tcl
-
-### <a id="doc.win">2b.</a> Windows Documentation
-The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
-help files for Tcl.  Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
-Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
-
-		Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
-
-## <a id="build">3.</a> Compiling and installing Tcl
-There are brief notes in the `unix/README`, `win/README`, and `macosx/README`
-about compiling on these different platforms.  There is additional information
-about building Tcl from sources
-[online](https://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html).
-
-## <a id="devtools">4.</a> Development tools
-ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
-tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
-Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
-static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
-more.  More information can be found at
-
-	http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
-
-## <a id="complangtcl">5.</a> Tcl newsgroup
-There is a USENET news group, "`comp.lang.tcl`", intended for the exchange of
-information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications.  The newsgroup is a
-great place to ask general information questions.  For bug reports, please
-see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
-
-## <a id="wiki">6.</a> Tcl'ers Wiki
-There is a [wiki-based open community site](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/)
-covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk.
-
-It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions.  A
-wealth of useful information can be found there.  It contains code
-snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
-development tools, extensions, and applications.  You can also recommend
-additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
-
-## <a id="email">7.</a> Mailing lists
-Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or use
-issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics).  For more information and to
-subscribe, visit [here](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) and go to the
-Mailing Lists page.
-
-## <a id="support">8.</a> Support and Training
-We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions for
-improvements.  We prefer that you send this information to us as tickets
-entered into [our issue tracker](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/reportlist).
-
-We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
-specific turn-around time.  Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
-at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
-slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink).  It's very
-difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
-the size of the installed base.
-
-The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support for
-users.  If you need help we suggest that you post questions to `comp.lang.tcl`
-or ask a question on [Stack
-Overflow](https://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/tcl).  We read the
-newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric questions for which no one else
-is likely to know the answer.  In addition, see the wiki for [links to other
-organizations](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/training) that offer Tcl/Tk training.
-
-## <a id="watch">9.</a> Tracking Development
-Tcl is developed in public.  You can keep an eye on how Tcl is changing at
-[core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
-
-## <a id="thanks">10.</a> Thank You
-We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
-helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
-Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
@@ -8303,7 +8303,7 @@ reported usage of large expressions (porter)

 Many optmizations, improvements, and tightened stack management in bytecode.

--- Released 8.6.1, September 20, 2013 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.1, September 20, 2013 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2013-09-27 (enhancement) improved ::env synchronization (fellows)

@@ -8451,7 +8451,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)

 2014-08-25 (TIP 429) New command [string cat] (leitgeb,ferrieux)

--- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2014-08-28 (bug)[b9e1a3] Correct Method Search Order (nadkarni,fellows)
 => TclOO 1.0.3
@@ -8491,7 +8491,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)

 2014-11-06 (bug)[5adc35] Stop forcing EOF to be permanent (porter)

--- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2014-11-21 (bug)[743338] Win: socket error encoding (ladayaroslav,nijtmans)

@@ -8527,7 +8527,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)
 2015-03-10 (enhancement) Revise OS X notifier for better Cocoa (walzer)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2015-03-19 (bug)[e66e44] Win: Ctrl-C/Ctrl-Break in console not EOF (nadkarni)

@@ -8623,7 +8623,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2016-02-22 (bug)[9b4702] [info exists env(missing)] kills trace (nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2016-03-01 (bug)[803042] mem leak due to reference cycle (porter)

@@ -8697,7 +8697,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2016-07-20 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2016f (venkat)

--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2016-09-07 (bug)[c09edf] Bad caching with  custom resolver (neumann,nijtmans)

@@ -8794,56 +8794,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
-
-Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
-plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
-in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
-
-2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)
-
-2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)
-
-2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)
-
-2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
-	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***
-
-2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)
-
-2016-11-25 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
-
-2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)
-
-2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)
-
-2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)
-
-2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)
-
-2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)
-
-2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
-=> TclOO 1.2.0
-
-2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)
-
-2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
-
-2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
-
--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2017-08-10 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)

@@ -8878,265 +8829,58 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

 2017-12-19 (bug)[586e71] EvalObjv exception handling at level #0 (sebres,porter)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

-2018-02-11 (enhance) stop blocking conversion of object to/from class (coulter)
-
-2018-02-12 (enhance) NR-enable [package require] (coulter)
-
-2018-02-14 (bug)[9fd5c6] crash in object deletion, test oo-11.5 (coulter)
-
-2018-02-14 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting object with class mixed in (coulter)
-
-2018-02-15 (platform) stop using -lieee, removed from glibc-2.27 (porter)
-***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for math programs that embed Tcl***
-
-2018-02-23 (bug)[8e6a9a] bad binary [string match], test string-11.55 (porter)
-
-2018-03-05 (bug)[1873ea] repair multi-thread std channel init (sebres)
-
-2018-03-09 (bug)[db36fa] broken bytecode for index values (porter)
-
-2018-03-13 (bug) broken compiled [string replace], test string-14.19 (porter)
-
-2018-03-14 (bug) [string trim*] engine crashed on invalid UTF (sebres)
-
-2018-04-17 (bug) missing trace in compiled [array set], test var-20.11 (porter)
-
-2018-04-22 (bug)[46a241] crash in unset array with search, var-13.[23] (goth)
-
-2018-04-30 (bug)[27b682] race made [file delete] raise "no such file" (sebres)
-
-2018-06-04 (bug)[925643] 32/64 cleanup of filesystem DIR operations (sebres)
-
-2018-06-18 (bug) leaks in TclSetEnv and env cache (coulter)
-
-2018-06-24 (bug)[3592747] [yieldto] dying namespace, tailcall-14.1 (coulter)
-
-2018-07-09 (bug)[270f78] race in [file mkdir] (sebres)
-
-2018-07-12 (bug)[3f7af0] [file delete] raised "permission denied" (sebres)
-
-2018-07-26 (bug)[d051b7] overflow crash in [format] (sebres)
-
-2018-08-29 revised quoting of [exec] args in generated command line (sebres)
-***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
-
-2018-09-20 HTTP Keep-Alive with pipelined requests (nash)
-=> http 2.9.0
-
-2018-09-27 (new)[TIP 505] [lreplace] accepts all out of range indices (porter)
-
-2018-10-04 (bug) Prevent crash from NULL keyName (nijtmans)
-=> registry 1.3.3
-
-2018-10-26 (enhance) advance dde version (nijtmans)
-=> dde 1.4.1
-
-2018-10-27 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2018g (jima)
-
-2018-10-29 Update tcltest package for Travis support (fellows)
-=> tcltest 2.5.0
-
-2018-11-09 (bug)[35a8f1] overlong string length of some lists (owens)
-
-2018-11-16 (bug)[00d04c] Repair [binary encode base64] (sebres)
-
- Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
-
-2018-11-22 (bug)[7a9dc5] [file normalize ~/~foo] segfault (sebres)
-
-2018-12-30 (bug)[3cf3a9] variable 'timezone' deprecated in vc2017 (nijtmans)
-
-2019-01-09 (bug)[cc1e91] [list [list {*}[set a " "]]] regression (sebres)
-
-2019-02-01 (bug)[e3f481] tests var-1.2[01] (sebres)
-
-2019-03-01 (new) Update to Unicode 12.0 (nijtmans)
-
-2019-03-05 (new)[TIP 527] New command [timerate] (sebres)
-
-2019-03-08 (bug)[39fed4] [package require] memory validity (hume,porter)
-
-2019-04-23 (new) New command tcl::unsupported::corotype (fellows)
-
-2019-05-04 (bug) memlink when namespace deletion kills linked var (porter)
-
-2019-05-28 (new) README file converted to README.md in Markdown (nijtmans)
-
-2019-06-17 (bug)[8b9854] [info level 0] regression with ensembles (porter)
-
-2019-06-20 (bug)[6bdadf] crash multi-arg write-traced [lappend] (fellows,porter)
-
-2019-06-21 (bug)[f8a33c] crash Tcl_Exit before init (brooks,sebres)
-
-2019-08-27 (bug)[fa6bf3] Bytecode fails epoch recovery at numLevel=0 (sebres)
-
-2019-08-29 (bug)[fec0c1] C stack overflow compiling bytecode (ade,sebres)
-
-2019-09-12 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2019c (jima)
-
-2019-09-20 (new) registry/dde no longer need -DUNICODE (nijtmans)
-=> registry 1.3.4
-=> dde 1.4.2
-
-2019-10-02 (bug)[16768d] Fix [info hostname] on NetBSD (rytaro)
-
-2019-10-23 (new) libtommath updated to release 1.2.0 (nijtmans)
-
-2019-10-25 OSX: system Tcl deprecated. End default use of its packages. (walzer)
-
-2019-10-28 (bug)[bcd100] bad fs cache when system encoding changes (coulter)
-
-2019-11-15 (bug)[135804] segfault in [next] after destroy (coulter,sebres)
-
- Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
-
-Changes to 8.7a3 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.10,
+Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
 plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
 in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

-2017-11-01 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting class mixed into instance (coulter)
+2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
+        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

-2017-11-03 [TIP 345] eliminate the encoding 'identity' (porter)
+2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)

-2017-11-04 (bug)[0d902e] [string first] on ASCII stored as Unicode (fellows)
+2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)

-2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Mark all Tcl_*VA() routines deprecated. (nijtmans)
+2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)

-2017-11-20 (support) Ended use of the obsolete values.h header (culler)
+2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
+	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***

-2017-11-30 (bug)[8e1e31] [lsort] ordering of U+0000 (nijtmans)
+2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)

-2017-12-07 [TIP 487] Terminate support for pre-XP Windows (nijtmans)
+2016-11-25 [array named -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)

-2017-12-08 [TIP 477] Reform of nmake build (nadkarni)
+2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)

-2017-12-20 (bug)[ba1419] Crash: complex ensemble delete, namespace-7.8 (coulter)
+2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)

-2018-01-17 [TIP 485] Removal of many deprecated features (nijtmans)
+2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)

-2018-01-27 (bug) Crash in [join $l $l], join-4.1 (porter)
+2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)

-2018-02-06 [TIP 493] Cease Distribution of http 1.0 (porter)
+2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)

-2018-02-06 [TIP 484] internal rep for native ints are all 64-bit (nijtmans)
+2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)

-2018-02-14 [TIP 476] Scan/Printf consistency (nijtmans)
+2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)

-2018-03-05 [TIP 351] [lsearch] striding
+2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)

-2018-03-05 [TIPs 330,336] tighten access to Interp fields (porter)
+2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)

-2018-03-12 [TIP 462] [::tcl::process]
+2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
+=> TclOO 1.2.0

-2018-03-12 [TIP 490] add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
+2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)

-2018-03-12 [TIP 499] custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
+2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
+
+2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
+
+--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
+
+2018-03-12 (TIP 490) add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
+
+2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
 => msgcat 1.7.0
-
-2018-03-20 [TIP 503] End CONST84 support for Tcl 8.3 (porter)
-
-2018-03-30 Refactored [lrange] (spjuth)
-
-2018-04-20 [TIP 389] Unicode beyond BMP (nijtmans)
-
-2018-04-20 [TIP 421] [array for]
-
-2018-05-11 [TIP 425] Windows panic callback use of UTF-8
-
-2018-05-17 [TIP 491] Phase out --disable-threads support
-
-2018-06-03 [TIP 500] TclOO Private Methods and Variables
-
-2018-07-26 (bug)[ba921a] [string cat] of bytearrays (coulter,porter)
-
-2018-09-02 [TIP 478] Many new features in TclOO (lester,fellows)
-
-2018-09-04 (bug)[540bed] [binary format w] from bignum (nijtmans)
-
-2018-09-12 [TIP 430] zipfs and embedded script library (woods)
-
-2018-09-26 [TIP 508] [array default] (bonnet,fellows)
-
-2018-09-27 [TIP 515] level value reform (nijtmans)
-
-2018-09-27 [TIP 516] More OO slot operations (fellows)
-
-2018-09-27 [TIP 426] [info cmdtype] (fellows)
-
-2018-09-28 [TIP 509] Cross platform reentrant mutex
-
-2018-10-08 [TIP 514] native integers are 64-bit
-
-2018-10-12 [TIP 502] index value reform (porter)
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 406] http cookies (fellows)
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 445] Tcl_ObjType utilities (migrate to Tcl 9) (porter)
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 501] [string is dict]
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 519] inline export/unexport option for [oo::define]
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 523] [lpop]
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 524] TclOO custom dialects
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 506] Tcl_(Incr|Decr)RefCount macros -> functions (porter)
-
-2018-11-15 [TIP 512] No stub for Tcl_SetExitProc()
-
-2019-04-08 (bug)[45b9fa] crash in [try] (coulter)
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 160] terminal and serial channel controls
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 312] more types for Tcl_LinkVar
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 367] [lremove]
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 504] [string insert]
-
-2019-04-16 [TIP 342] [dict getwithdefault]
-
-2019-05-25 [TIP 431] [file tempdir]
-
-2019-05-25 [TIP 383] [coroinject], [coroprobe]
-
-2019-05-31 [TIP 544] Tcl_GetIntForIndex()
-
-2019-06-12 Replace TclOffset() with offsetof()
-
-2019-06-15 [TIP 461] string compare operators for [expr]
-
-2019-06-16 [TIP 521] floating point classification functions for [expr]
-
-2019-06-20 (bug)[6bdadf] crash multi-arg traced [lappend] (fellows)
-
-2019-06-28 [TIP 547] New encodings utf-16, ucs-2
-
-2019-09-14 [TIP 414] Tcl_InitSubsystems()
-
-2019-09-14 [TIP 548] wchar_t conversion functions
-
- Released 8.7a3, Nov 21, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
-
-Changes to 9.0a1 include all changes to the 8.7 line through 8.7a3,
-plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
-in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
-
-2017-11-03 [TIP 114] Leading zero integer no longer means octal
-
-2017-11-03 [TIP 278] Revise variable name resolution, solve "Creative Writing"
-
-2017-11-03 [TIPs 330,336] Encapsulate struct Tcl_Interp
-
-2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Remove all Tcl_*VA() routines
-
-2017-12-15 [TIP 488] Disable magic $::tcl_precision
-
-2018-10-08 [TIP 494] Increased support for size_t value ranges
-
-2019-05-31 [TIP 537] 64-bit indices in regexp matching
-
- Released 9.0a1, Nov 25, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ int fake_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t salen, char *host,
 	struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
 	struct hostent *hp;
 	char tmpserv[16];
-	(void)salen;

 	if (sa->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC && sa->sa_family != AF_INET)
 		return (EAI_FAMILY);
@@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ addrinfo *malloc_ai(int port, u_long addr, const struct addrinfo *hints)
 {
 	struct addrinfo *ai;

-	ai = (struct addrinfo *)malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+	ai = malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
 	if (ai == NULL)
 		return (NULL);

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * fixstrtod.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "fixstrtod" procedure.  This procedure is
+ *	used in place of strtod under Solaris 2.4, in order to fix
+ *	a bug where the "end" pointer gets set incorrectly.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#undef strtod
+
+/*
+ * Declare strtod explicitly rather than including stdlib.h, since in
+ * somes systems (e.g. SunOS 4.1.4) stdlib.h doesn't declare strtod.
+ */
+
+extern double strtod(char *, char **);
+
+double
+fixstrtod(
+    char *string,
+    char **endPtr)
+{
+    double d;
+    d = strtod(string, endPtr);
+    if ((endPtr != NULL) && (*endPtr != string) && ((*endPtr)[-1] == 0)) {
+	*endPtr -= 1;
+    }
+    return d;
+}
@@ -21,11 +21,10 @@ gettimeofday(
    struct timezone *tz)
 {
    struct timeb t;
-    (void)tz;

    ftime(&t);
    tp->tv_sec = t.time;
-    tp->tv_usec = t.millitm * 1000;
+    tp->tv_usec = t. millitm * 1000;
    return 0;
 }

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,19 +32,19 @@

 int
 mkstemp(
-    char *tmpl)		/* Template for filename. */
+    char *template)		/* Template for filename. */
 {
    static const char alphanumerics[] =
 	"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
-    char *a, *b;
+    register char *a, *b;
    int fd, count, alphanumericsLen = strlen(alphanumerics); /* == 62 */

-    a = tmpl + strlen(tmpl);
-    while (a > tmpl && *(a-1) == 'X') {
+    a = template + strlen(template);
+    while (a > template && *(a-1) == 'X') {
 	a--;
    }

-    if (a == tmpl) {
+    if (a == template) {
 	errno = ENOENT;
 	return -1;
    }
@@ -72,7 +71,7 @@ mkstemp(
 	 * Template is now realized; try to open (with correct options).
 	 */

-	fd = open(tmpl, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
+	fd = open(template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
    } while (fd == -1 && errno == EEXIST && --count > 0);

    return fd;
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ DIR *
 opendir(
    char *name)
 {
-    DIR *dirp;
-    int fd;
-    const char *myname;
+    register DIR *dirp;
+    register int fd;
+    char *myname;

    myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
    if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
 	return NULL;
    }
-    dirp = (DIR *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(DIR));
+    dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
    if (dirp == NULL) {
 	/* unreachable? */
 	close(fd);
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ struct olddirect {

 struct dirent *
 readdir(
-    DIR *dirp)
+    register DIR *dirp)
 {
-    struct olddirect *dp;
+    register struct olddirect *dp;
    static struct dirent dir;

    for (;;) {
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ readdir(

 void
 closedir(
-    DIR *dirp)
+    register DIR *dirp)
 {
    close(dirp->dd_fd);
    dirp->dd_fd = -1;
    dirp->dd_loc = 0;
-    Tcl_Free(dirp);
+    ckfree(dirp);
 }
@@ -1,919 +0,0 @@
-/*  A portable stdint.h
- ****************************************************************************
- *  BSD License:
- ****************************************************************************
- *
- *  Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh
- *  All rights reserved.
- *
- *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- *  are met:
- *
- *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *  3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
- *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- *  IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- *  OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- *  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- *  NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- *  DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- *  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- *  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- *  THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- ****************************************************************************
- *
- *  Version 0.1.16.0
- *
- *  The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
- *  inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h.  This is
- *  a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
- *  very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically
- *  important for making several classes of applications portable
- *  including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries
- *  and so on.  But for most developers its likely useful just for
- *  programming sanity.
- *
- *  The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99
- *  standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated.
- *  Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code
- *  makes it unportable.
- *
- *  So that's what this file is all about.  It's an attempt to build a
- *  single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
- *  possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to.  Even compilers
- *  that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without
- *  any loss of functionality.  A few things that should be noted about
- *  this file:
- *
- *    1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
- *       interface on all platforms.  The extreme variability of the
- *       ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
- *       very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
- *       majority of platforms that possess the capability of
- *       implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
- *       integer scalars.  Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
- *       complement may produce invalid constants.
- *
- *    2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
- *
- *    3) Other standard include files are invoked.
- *
- *    4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
- *       include stdint.h.  The hope is that one or the other can be
- *       used with no real difference.
- *
- *    5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
- *       int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
- *       error.
- *
- *    6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined.  Test for their
- *       presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
- *       Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
- *       requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler.  If
- *       this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
- *       dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
- *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
- *
- *    7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined.  Test for its presence
- *       with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX.  If this is not defined
- *       for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
- *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
- *       because its optional.
- *
- *    8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
- *       capable of defining it:
- *
- *       WCHAR_MIN
- *       WCHAR_MAX
- *       (u)int64_t
- *       PTRDIFF_MIN
- *       PTRDIFF_MAX
- *       (u)intptr_t
- *
- *    9) The following have not been defined:
- *
- *       WINT_MIN
- *       WINT_MAX
- *
- *   10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
- *       except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
- *       defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
- *       not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
- *
- *   11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
- *       would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
- *       committee.  It is well known that "compatible systems" are
- *       commonly created that have very different performance
- *       characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
- *       especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
- *       system.  Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
- *       recommended that users never use these definitions for any
- *       reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
- *       improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
- *       stdint.h).
- *
- *   12) The following macros:
- *
- *       PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
- *
- *       are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
- *       for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
- *       (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
- *       (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
- *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
- *       provide their own stdint.h.  PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
- *       defined if INT64_MAX is not defined.  These are an extension
- *       beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
- *
- *       In addition, the following macros are defined:
- *
- *       PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
- *
- *       Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
- *       print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
- *       These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
- *       stdint.h.
- *
- *  Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
- *  settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
- *  bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
- *  .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
- *
- *  This file should be considered a work in progress.  Suggestions for
- *  improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
- *  encouraged.
- *
- *  Acknowledgements
- *
- *  The following people have made significant contributions to the
- *  development and testing of this file:
- *
- *  Chris Howie
- *  John Steele Scott
- *  Dave Thorup
- *  John Dill
- *  Florian Wobbe
- *  Christopher Sean Morrison
- *  Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen
- *
- */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-/*
- *  For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
- *  do nothing else.  On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
- */
-
-#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
-#include <stdint.h>
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l"
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#   if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-#    define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-#   else
-#    define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-
-/*
- *  Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom.  Just pull some of
- *  these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
- */
-
-# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
-#  if !defined (INT64_C)
-#   define INT64_C(x)   (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT64_C)
-#   define UINT64_C(x)  (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT32_C)
-#   define INT32_C(x)   (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT32_C)
-#   define UINT32_C(x)  (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT16_C)
-#   define INT16_C(x)   (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT16_C)
-#   define UINT16_C(x)  (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT8_C)
-#   define INT8_C(x)   (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT8_C)
-#   define UINT8_C(x)  (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
-#   define UINT64_MAX  18446744073709551615ULL
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT64_MAX)
-#   define INT64_MAX  9223372036854775807LL
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
-#   define UINT32_MAX  4294967295UL
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT32_MAX)
-#   define INT32_MAX  2147483647L
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
-#   define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
-#   define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris.
- *  From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being
- *  recommended.  For people who actually are developing on older Solaris,
- *  what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant
- *  macros of a complete stdint.h?  Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is
- *  considered optional.
- */
-
-#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
-#include <sys/inttypes.h>
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
- *  integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
- *  definitions.
- */
-
-#ifndef UINT8_MAX
-# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-    typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
-#   define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
-# else
-#   error "Platform not supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT8_MAX
-# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_MIN
-# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-    typedef signed char int8_t;
-#   define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
-# else
-#   error "Platform not supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UINT16_MAX
-# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
-  typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT16_MAX
-# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MIN
-# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef signed int int16_t;
-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
-  typedef signed short int16_t;
-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UINT32_MAX
-# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-  typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-  typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
-# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT32_MAX
-# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MIN
-# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef signed long int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
-  typedef signed int int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) v
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
-  typedef signed short int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
- *  whether or not 64 integer support is available.  It must be
- *  defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
- *  added.
- */
-
-#undef stdint_int64_defined
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   typedef long long int64_t;
-   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   __extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
-   __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   typedef long long int64_t;
-   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   typedef __int64 int64_t;
-   typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## I64
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
-#endif
-#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
-#endif
-#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
-#endif
-#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Width of hexadecimal for number field.
- */
-
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now.  Moore's law says
- *  we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
- *  we'll have bigger things to worry about.
- */
-
-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
-  typedef int64_t intmax_t;
-  typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
-# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT64_MAX
-# define  INTMAX_MIN   INT64_MIN
-# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT64_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
-# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT64_C(v)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-#else
-  typedef int32_t intmax_t;
-  typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
-# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT32_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT32_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
-# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT32_C(v)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
- *  precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
- *  least definitions are all trivial.  Its possible that a future
- *  version of this file could have different definitions.
- */
-
-#ifndef stdint_least_defined
-  typedef   int8_t   int_least8_t;
-  typedef  uint8_t  uint_least8_t;
-  typedef  int16_t  int_least16_t;
-  typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
-  typedef  int32_t  int_least32_t;
-  typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
-# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define  UINT_LEAST8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
-# define   INT_LEAST8_MAX   INT8_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
-# define  INT_LEAST16_MAX  INT16_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
-# define  INT_LEAST32_MAX  INT32_MAX
-# define   INT_LEAST8_MIN   INT8_MIN
-# define  INT_LEAST16_MIN  INT16_MIN
-# define  INT_LEAST32_MIN  INT32_MIN
-# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
-    typedef  int64_t  int_least64_t;
-    typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
-#   define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
-#   define  INT_LEAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
-#   define  INT_LEAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
-# endif
-#endif
-#undef stdint_least_defined
-
-/*
- *  The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well.  This,
- *  of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast
- *  just from the type itself.  Even for a given architecture, compatible
- *  implementations might have different performance characteristics.
- *  Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this
- *  or any other stdint.h.
- */
-
-typedef   int_least8_t   int_fast8_t;
-typedef  uint_least8_t  uint_fast8_t;
-typedef  int_least16_t  int_fast16_t;
-typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
-typedef  int_least32_t  int_fast32_t;
-typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
-#define  UINT_FAST8_MAX  UINT_LEAST8_MAX
-#define   INT_FAST8_MAX   INT_LEAST8_MAX
-#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
-#define  INT_FAST16_MAX  INT_LEAST16_MAX
-#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
-#define  INT_FAST32_MAX  INT_LEAST32_MAX
-#define   INT_FAST8_MIN   INT_LEAST8_MIN
-#define  INT_FAST16_MIN  INT_LEAST16_MIN
-#define  INT_FAST32_MIN  INT_LEAST32_MIN
-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
-  typedef  int_least64_t  int_fast64_t;
-  typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
-# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
-# define  INT_FAST64_MAX  INT_LEAST64_MAX
-# define  INT_FAST64_MIN  INT_LEAST64_MIN
-#endif
-
-#undef stdint_int64_defined
-
-/*
- *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
- *  type limits.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# include <wchar.h>
-# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
-#  define WCHAR_MIN 0
-# endif
-# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
-#  define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
- *  (u)intptr_t types and limits.
- */
-
-#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T)
-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__)
-#  define stdint_intptr_bits 64
-# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
-#  if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
-#    define stdint_intptr_bits 16
-#  else
-#    define stdint_intptr_bits 32
-#  endif
-# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__)
-#  define stdint_intptr_bits 32
-# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
-/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
-# else
-/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */
-# endif
-
-# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
-#  define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)  a##b##c
-#  define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c)    stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
-#    define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER      stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
-#    define PTRDIFF_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
-#    define PTRDIFF_MIN                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
-#    define UINTPTR_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef INTPTR_MAX
-#    define INTPTR_MAX                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef INTPTR_MIN
-#    define INTPTR_MIN                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef INTPTR_C
-#    define INTPTR_C(x)                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef UINTPTR_C
-#    define UINTPTR_C(x)                stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
-#  endif
-  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
-  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t)  intptr_t;
-# else
-/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
-   nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
-  typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
-# endif
-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
- */
-
-#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
-# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
-
-/*
- *  Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are
- *  not defined more than once.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
-#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
-
-#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
-#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
-
-#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
-
-#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
-
-#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; }
-
-#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
-
-int main () {
-	int err_n = 0;
-	int err_first = 0;
-	DECL(I,8)
-	DECL(U,8)
-	DECL(I,16)
-	DECL(U,16)
-	DECL(I,32)
-	DECL(U,32)
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	DECL(I,64)
-	DECL(U,64)
-#endif
-	intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
-	uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
-	char str0[256], str1[256];
-
-	sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH));
-	sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH));
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
-#endif
-
-	sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
-
-	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i8, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u8, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i16, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u16, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i32, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  u32, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1));
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i64, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1));
-#endif
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  imax, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  umax, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1));
-
-	TESTUMAX(8);
-	TESTUMAX(16);
-	TESTUMAX(32);
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	TESTUMAX(64);
-#endif
-
-#define STR(v) #v
-#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v));
-	if (err_n) {
-		printf ("pstdint.h is not correct.  Please use sizes below to correct it:\n");
-	}
-
-	Q(int)
-	Q(unsigned)
-	Q(long int)
-	Q(short int)
-	Q(int8_t)
-	Q(int16_t)
-	Q(int32_t)
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	Q(int64_t)
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX
-	printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n");
-#else
-	printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n");
-#endif
-	printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX);
-
-	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#endif
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 *	This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
 *	that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
 *	their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
- *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtol/strtoul).
+ *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ extern char *		malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
 extern void		qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
 			    const void *element1, const void *element2));
 extern char *		realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
+extern double		strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
 extern long		strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
 extern unsigned long	strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);

@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@

 char *
 strstr(
-    char *string,		/* String to search. */
+    register char *string,	/* String to search. */
    char *substring)		/* Substring to try to find in string. */
 {
-    char *a, *b;
+    register char *a, *b;

    /*
     * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/*
+ * strtod.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "strtod" library procedure.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tclInt.h"
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+static const int maxExponent = 511;	/* Largest possible base 10 exponent.  Any
+				 * exponent larger than this will already
+				 * produce underflow or overflow, so there's
+				 * no need to worry about additional digits.
+				 */
+static const double powersOf10[] = {	/* Table giving binary powers of 10.  Entry */
+    10.,			/* is 10^2^i.  Used to convert decimal */
+    100.,			/* exponents into floating-point numbers. */
+    1.0e4,
+    1.0e8,
+    1.0e16,
+    1.0e32,
+    1.0e64,
+    1.0e128,
+    1.0e256
+};
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * strtod --
+ *
+ *	This procedure converts a floating-point number from an ASCII
+ *	decimal representation to internal double-precision format.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the double-precision floating-point
+ *	representation of the characters in string.  If endPtr isn't
+ *	NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the address of the
+ *	next character after the last one that was part of the
+ *	floating-point number.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+double
+strtod(
+    const char *string,		/* A decimal ASCII floating-point number,
+				 * optionally preceded by white space. Must
+				 * have form "-I.FE-X", where I is the integer
+				 * part of the mantissa, F is the fractional
+				 * part of the mantissa, and X is the
+				 * exponent. Either of the signs may be "+",
+				 * "-", or omitted. Either I or F may be
+				 * omitted, or both. The decimal point isn't
+				 * necessary unless F is present. The "E" may
+				 * actually be an "e". E and X may both be
+				 * omitted (but not just one). */
+    char **endPtr)		/* If non-NULL, store terminating character's
+				 * address here. */
+{
+    int sign, expSign = FALSE;
+    double fraction, dblExp;
+    const double *d;
+    register const char *p;
+    register int c;
+    int exp = 0;		/* Exponent read from "EX" field. */
+    int fracExp = 0;		/* Exponent that derives from the fractional
+				 * part. Under normal circumstatnces, it is
+				 * the negative of the number of digits in F.
+				 * However, if I is very long, the last digits
+				 * of I get dropped (otherwise a long I with a
+				 * large negative exponent could cause an
+				 * unnecessary overflow on I alone). In this
+				 * case, fracExp is incremented one for each
+				 * dropped digit. */
+    int mantSize;		/* Number of digits in mantissa. */
+    int decPt;			/* Number of mantissa digits BEFORE decimal
+				 * point. */
+    const char *pExp;		/* Temporarily holds location of exponent in
+				 * string. */
+
+    /*
+     * Strip off leading blanks and check for a sign.
+     */
+
+    p = string;
+    while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	p += 1;
+    }
+    if (*p == '-') {
+	sign = TRUE;
+	p += 1;
+    } else {
+	if (*p == '+') {
+	    p += 1;
+	}
+	sign = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Count the number of digits in the mantissa (including the decimal
+     * point), and also locate the decimal point.
+     */
+
+    decPt = -1;
+    for (mantSize = 0; ; mantSize += 1)
+    {
+	c = *p;
+	if (!isdigit(c)) {
+	    if ((c != '.') || (decPt >= 0)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    decPt = mantSize;
+	}
+	p += 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now suck up the digits in the mantissa. Use two integers to collect 9
+     * digits each (this is faster than using floating-point). If the mantissa
+     * has more than 18 digits, ignore the extras, since they can't affect the
+     * value anyway.
+     */
+
+    pExp  = p;
+    p -= mantSize;
+    if (decPt < 0) {
+	decPt = mantSize;
+    } else {
+	mantSize -= 1;		/* One of the digits was the point. */
+    }
+    if (mantSize > 18) {
+	fracExp = decPt - 18;
+	mantSize = 18;
+    } else {
+	fracExp = decPt - mantSize;
+    }
+    if (mantSize == 0) {
+	fraction = 0.0;
+	p = string;
+	goto done;
+    } else {
+	int frac1, frac2;
+
+	frac1 = 0;
+	for ( ; mantSize > 9; mantSize -= 1) {
+	    c = *p;
+	    p += 1;
+	    if (c == '.') {
+		c = *p;
+		p += 1;
+	    }
+	    frac1 = 10*frac1 + (c - '0');
+	}
+	frac2 = 0;
+	for (; mantSize > 0; mantSize -= 1) {
+	    c = *p;
+	    p += 1;
+	    if (c == '.') {
+		c = *p;
+		p += 1;
+	    }
+	    frac2 = 10*frac2 + (c - '0');
+	}
+	fraction = (1.0e9 * frac1) + frac2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skim off the exponent.
+     */
+
+    p = pExp;
+    if ((*p == 'E') || (*p == 'e')) {
+	p += 1;
+	if (*p == '-') {
+	    expSign = TRUE;
+	    p += 1;
+	} else {
+	    if (*p == '+') {
+		p += 1;
+	    }
+	    expSign = FALSE;
+	}
+	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	    p = pExp;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	    exp = exp * 10 + (*p - '0');
+	    p += 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if (expSign) {
+	exp = fracExp - exp;
+    } else {
+	exp = fracExp + exp;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate a floating-point number that represents the exponent. Do this
+     * by processing the exponent one bit at a time to combine many powers of
+     * 2 of 10. Then combine the exponent with the fraction.
+     */
+
+    if (exp < 0) {
+	expSign = TRUE;
+	exp = -exp;
+    } else {
+	expSign = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (exp > maxExponent) {
+	exp = maxExponent;
+	errno = ERANGE;
+    }
+    dblExp = 1.0;
+    for (d = powersOf10; exp != 0; exp >>= 1, ++d) {
+	if (exp & 01) {
+	    dblExp *= *d;
+	}
+    }
+    if (expSign) {
+	fraction /= dblExp;
+    } else {
+	fraction *= dblExp;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (endPtr != NULL) {
+	*endPtr = (char *) p;
+    }
+
+    if (sign) {
+	return -fraction;
+    }
+    return fraction;
+}
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ strtol(
 				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
 				 * decimal. */
 {
-    const char *p;
+    register const char *p;
    long result;

    /*
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ strtoul(
 				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
 				 * decimal. */
 {
-    const char *p;
-    unsigned long int result = 0;
-    unsigned digit;
+    register const char *p;
+    register unsigned long int result = 0;
+    register unsigned digit;
    int anyDigits = 0;
    int negative=0;
    int overflow=0;
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * unistd.h --
+ *
+ *      Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
+ * copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
+ * purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
+ * no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
+ * It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UNISTD
+#define _UNISTD
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL    0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
+ * _POSIX_SOURCE section.
+ */
+
+extern void		_exit(int status);
+extern int		access(const char *path, int mode);
+extern int		chdir(const char *path);
+extern int		chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+extern int		close(int fd);
+extern int		dup(int oldfd);
+extern int		dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
+extern int		execl(const char *path, ...);
+extern int		execle(const char *path, ...);
+extern int		execlp(const char *file, ...);
+extern int		execv(const char *path, char **argv);
+extern int		execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
+extern int		execvpw(const char *file, char **argv);
+extern pid_t		fork(void);
+extern char *		getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
+extern gid_t		getegid(void);
+extern uid_t		geteuid(void);
+extern gid_t		getgid(void);
+extern int		getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
+extern pid_t		getpid(void);
+extern uid_t		getuid(void);
+extern int		isatty(int fd);
+extern long		lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
+extern int		pipe(int *fildes);
+extern int		read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
+extern int		setgid(gid_t group);
+extern int		setuid(uid_t user);
+extern unsigned		sleep(unsigned seconds);
+extern char *		ttyname(int fd);
+extern int		unlink(const char *path);
+extern int		write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
+extern char *		crypt(const char *, const char *);
+extern int		fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+extern int		flock(int fd, int operation);
+extern int		ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
+extern int		ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
+extern int		readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
+extern int		setegid(gid_t group);
+extern int		seteuidw(uid_t user);
+extern int		setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
+extern int		symlink(const char *, const char *);
+extern int		ttyslot(void);
+extern int		truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
+extern int		vfork(void);
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#endif /* _UNISTD */
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ waitpid(
    int options)		/* OR'ed combination of WNOHANG and
 				 * WUNTRACED. */
 {
-    WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
+    register WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
    pid_t result;
    WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status;

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ waitpid(
 	} else {
 	    prevPtr->nextPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr;
 	}
-	Tcl_Free(waitPtr);
+	ckfree(waitPtr);
 	return result;
    }

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ waitpid(
 		goto waitAgain;
 	    }
 	}
-	waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
+	waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
 	waitPtr->pid = result;
 	waitPtr->status = status;
 	waitPtr->nextPtr = deadList;
@@ -29,12 +29,6 @@

 #define CRC32(c, b) ((*(pcrc_32_tab+(((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff))) ^ ((c) >> 8))

-#ifdef Z_U4
-   typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
-#else
-   typedef unsigned long z_crc_t;
-#endif
-
 /***********************************************************************
 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
 */
@@ -57,7 +51,7 @@ static int update_keys(unsigned long* pkeys,const z_crc_t* pcrc_32_tab,int c)
    (*(pkeys+1)) += (*(pkeys+0)) & 0xff;
    (*(pkeys+1)) = (*(pkeys+1)) * 134775813L + 1;
    {
-      int keyshift = (int)((*(pkeys+1)) >> 24);
+      register int keyshift = (int)((*(pkeys+1)) >> 24);
      (*(pkeys+2)) = CRC32((*(pkeys+2)), keyshift);
    }
    return c;
@@ -14,11 +14,7 @@
        #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif

-#if defined(_WIN32)
-#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
-#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) _ftelli64(stream)
-#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) _fseeki64(stream, offset, origin)
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
 // In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
 #define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
 #define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ void change_file_date(filename,dosdate,tmu_date)
  SetFileTime(hFile,&ftm,&ftLastAcc,&ftm);
  CloseHandle(hFile);
 #else
-#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
+#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
  struct utimbuf ut;
  struct tm newdate;
  newdate.tm_sec = tmu_date.tm_sec;
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
         Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
 */

+
 #if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
        #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
@@ -27,11 +28,7 @@
        #endif
 #endif

-#if defined(_WIN32)
-#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
-#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) _ftelli64(stream)
-#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) _fseeki64(stream, offset, origin)
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
+#ifdef __APPLE__
 // In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
 #define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
 #define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -42,7 +39,8 @@
 #define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
 #endif

-#include "tinydir.h"
+
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -74,8 +72,8 @@

 #ifdef _WIN32
 uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
-    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
-    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
+    char *f;                /* name of file to get info on */
+    tm_zip *tmzip;             /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
 {
  int ret = 0;
@@ -96,9 +94,9 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
  return ret;
 }
 #else
-#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
+#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
 uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
-    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
+    char *f;               /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
 {
@@ -140,8 +138,8 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
 }
 #else
 uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
-    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
-    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
+    char *f;                /* name of file to get info on */
+    tm_zip *tmzip;             /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
 {
    return 0;
@@ -174,7 +172,6 @@ void do_banner()
 void do_help()
 {
    printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \
-           "  -r  Scan directories recursively\n" \
           "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -0  Store only\n" \
@@ -246,153 +243,12 @@ int isLargeFile(const char* filename)
 return largeFile;
 }

-void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
-    FILE * fin;
-    int size_read;
-    const char *savefilenameinzip;
-    zip_fileinfo zi;
-    unsigned long crcFile=0;
-    int zip64 = 0;
-    int err=0;
-    int size_buf=WRITEBUFFERSIZE;
-    unsigned char buf[WRITEBUFFERSIZE];
-    zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
-    zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
-    zi.dosDate = 0;
-    zi.internal_fa = 0;
-    zi.external_fa = 0;
-    filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
-
-/*
-    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
-                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
-                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
-                     opt_compress_level);
-*/
-    if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
-        err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
-
-    zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
-
-   /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
-   /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
-     savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
-     while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
-     {
-         savefilenameinzip++;
-     }
-
-     /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
-     if( opt_exclude_path )
-     {
-         const char *tmpptr;
-         const char *lastslash = 0;
-         for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
-         {
-             if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
-             {
-                 lastslash = tmpptr;
-             }
-         }
-         if( lastslash != NULL )
-         {
-             savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
-         }
-     }
-
-     /**/
-    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
-                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
-                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
-                     opt_compress_level,0,
-                     /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
-                     -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
-                     password,crcFile, zip64);
-
-    if (err != ZIP_OK)
-        printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
-    else
-    {
-        fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
-        if (fin==NULL)
-        {
-            err=ZIP_ERRNO;
-            printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (err == ZIP_OK)
-        do
-        {
-            err = ZIP_OK;
-            size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
-            if (size_read < size_buf)
-                if (feof(fin)==0)
-            {
-                printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
-                err = ZIP_ERRNO;
-            }
-
-            if (size_read>0)
-            {
-                err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
-                if (err<0)
-                {
-                    printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
-                                     filenameinzip);
-                }
-
-            }
-        } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
-
-    if (fin)
-        fclose(fin);
-
-    if (err<0)
-        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
-    else
-    {
-        err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
-        if (err!=ZIP_OK)
-            printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
-                        filenameinzip);
-    }
-}
-
-
-void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
-    tinydir_dir dir;
-    int i;
-    char newname[512];
-
-    tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dir.n_files; i++)
-    {
-        tinydir_file file;
-        tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
-        if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
-        if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
-        sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
-        if (file.is_dir)
-        {
-            addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
-        } else {
-            addFileToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
-        }
-    }
-
-    tinydir_close(&dir);
-}
-
-
 int main(argc,argv)
    int argc;
    char *argv[];
 {
    int i;
-    int opt_recursive=0;
-    int opt_overwrite=1;
+    int opt_overwrite=0;
    int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
    int opt_exclude_path=0;
    int zipfilenamearg = 0;
@@ -429,8 +285,7 @@ int main(argc,argv)
                        opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                    if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                        opt_exclude_path = 1;
-                    if ((c=='r') || (c=='R'))
-                        opt_recursive = 1;
+
                    if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                    {
                        password=argv[i+1];
@@ -537,14 +392,117 @@ int main(argc,argv)
                  ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||
-                   (argv[i][1]=='r') || (argv[i][1]=='R') ||
                   ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                  (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
            {
-                if(opt_recursive) {
-                    addPathToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
-                } else {
-                    addFileToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
+                FILE * fin;
+                int size_read;
+                const char* filenameinzip = argv[i];
+                const char *savefilenameinzip;
+                zip_fileinfo zi;
+                unsigned long crcFile=0;
+                int zip64 = 0;
+
+                zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
+                zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
+                zi.dosDate = 0;
+                zi.internal_fa = 0;
+                zi.external_fa = 0;
+                filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
+
+/*
+                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
+                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
+                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
+                                 opt_compress_level);
+*/
+                if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
+                    err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
+
+                zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
+
+                                                         /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
+               /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
+                 savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
+                 while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
+                 {
+                     savefilenameinzip++;
+                 }
+
+                 /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
+                 if( opt_exclude_path )
+                 {
+                     const char *tmpptr;
+                     const char *lastslash = 0;
+                     for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
+                     {
+                         if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
+                         {
+                             lastslash = tmpptr;
+                         }
+                     }
+                     if( lastslash != NULL )
+                     {
+                         savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
+                     }
+                 }
+
+                 /**/
+                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
+                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
+                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
+                                 opt_compress_level,0,
+                                 /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
+                                 -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
+                                 password,crcFile, zip64);
+
+                if (err != ZIP_OK)
+                    printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
+                else
+                {
+                    fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
+                    if (fin==NULL)
+                    {
+                        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
+                        printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if (err == ZIP_OK)
+                    do
+                    {
+                        err = ZIP_OK;
+                        size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
+                        if (size_read < size_buf)
+                            if (feof(fin)==0)
+                        {
+                            printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
+                            err = ZIP_ERRNO;
+                        }
+
+                        if (size_read>0)
+                        {
+                            err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
+                            if (err<0)
+                            {
+                                printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
+                                                 filenameinzip);
+                            }
+
+                        }
+                    } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
+
+                if (fin)
+                    fclose(fin);
+
+                if (err<0)
+                    err=ZIP_ERRNO;
+                else
+                {
+                    err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
+                    if (err!=ZIP_OK)
+                        printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
+                                    filenameinzip);
                }
            }
        }
@@ -1,816 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (c) 2013-2017, tinydir authors:
- Cong Xu
- Lautis Sun
- Baudouin Feildel
- Andargor <andargor@yahoo.com>
-All rights reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
-   list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
-(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
-LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
-ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
-(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-#ifndef TINYDIR_H
-#define TINYDIR_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if ((defined _UNICODE) && !(defined UNICODE))
-#define UNICODE
-#endif
-
-#if ((defined UNICODE) && !(defined _UNICODE))
-#define _UNICODE
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-# include <tchar.h>
-# pragma warning(push)
-# pragma warning (disable : 4996)
-#else
-# include <dirent.h>
-# include <libgen.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-# include <tchar.h>
-#endif
-
-
-/* types */
-
-/* Windows UNICODE wide character support */
-#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
-# define _tinydir_char_t TCHAR
-# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) _TEXT(s)
-# define _tinydir_strlen _tcslen
-# define _tinydir_strcpy _tcscpy
-# define _tinydir_strcat _tcscat
-# define _tinydir_strcmp _tcscmp
-# define _tinydir_strrchr _tcsrchr
-# define _tinydir_strncmp _tcsncmp
-#else
-# define _tinydir_char_t char
-# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) s
-# define _tinydir_strlen strlen
-# define _tinydir_strcpy strcpy
-# define _tinydir_strcat strcat
-# define _tinydir_strcmp strcmp
-# define _tinydir_strrchr strrchr
-# define _tinydir_strncmp strncmp
-#endif
-
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-# include <windows.h>
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
-#elif defined  __linux__
-# include <limits.h>
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
-#elif defined(__unix__) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# if defined(BSD)
-#  include <limits.h>
-#  define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX
-#define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX 4096
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-/* extra chars for the "\\*" mask */
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 2
-#else
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 0
-#endif
-
-#define _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX 256
-
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-#define _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX 3
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline
-#elif !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
-# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline__
-#else
-# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static inline
-#endif
-
-/* readdir_r usage; define TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R to use it (if supported) */
-#ifdef TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R
-
-/* readdir_r is a POSIX-only function, and may not be available under various
- * environments/settings, e.g. MinGW. Use readdir fallback */
-#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 1 || _XOPEN_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE ||\
-	_POSIX_SOURCE
-# define _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R
-#endif
-#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-# define _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#if _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || \
-	(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700)
-# define _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if defined _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF && defined _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD &&\
-	defined _PC_NAME_MAX
-# define _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
-#endif
-#if defined __MINGW32__ || !defined _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R ||\
-	!(defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF || defined NAME_MAX)
-# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-#endif
-
-/* Use readdir by default */
-#else
-# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-#endif
-
-/* MINGW32 has two versions of dirent, ASCII and UNICODE*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#if (defined __MINGW32__) && (defined _UNICODE)
-#define _TINYDIR_DIR _WDIR
-#define _tinydir_dirent _wdirent
-#define _tinydir_opendir _wopendir
-#define _tinydir_readdir _wreaddir
-#define _tinydir_closedir _wclosedir
-#else
-#define _TINYDIR_DIR DIR
-#define _tinydir_dirent dirent
-#define _tinydir_opendir opendir
-#define _tinydir_readdir readdir
-#define _tinydir_closedir closedir
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Allow user to use a custom allocator by defining _TINYDIR_MALLOC and _TINYDIR_FREE. */
-#if    defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) &&  defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
-#elif !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && !defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
-#else
-#error "Either define both alloc and free or none of them!"
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC)
-	#define _TINYDIR_MALLOC(_size) malloc(_size)
-	#define _TINYDIR_FREE(_ptr)    free(_ptr)
-#endif /* !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) */
-
-typedef struct tinydir_file
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t name[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t *extension;
-	int is_dir;
-	int is_reg;
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-	struct _stat _s;
-#else
-	struct stat _s;
-#endif
-#endif
-} tinydir_file;
-
-typedef struct tinydir_dir
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	int has_next;
-	size_t n_files;
-
-	tinydir_file *_files;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	HANDLE _h;
-	WIN32_FIND_DATA _f;
-#else
-	_TINYDIR_DIR *_d;
-	struct _tinydir_dirent *_e;
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	struct _tinydir_dirent *_ep;
-#endif
-#endif
-} tinydir_dir;
-
-
-/* declarations */
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir);
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i);
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* definitions*/
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
-{
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	int error;
-	int size;	/* using int size */
-#endif
-#else
-	_tinydir_char_t path_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-#endif
-	_tinydir_char_t *pathp;
-
-	if (dir == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
-	{
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* initialise dir */
-	dir->_files = NULL;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-#else
-	dir->_d = NULL;
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	dir->_ep = NULL;
-#endif
-#endif
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-
-	_tinydir_strcpy(dir->path, path);
-	/* Remove trailing slashes */
-	pathp = &dir->path[_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) - 1];
-	while (pathp != dir->path && (*pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('\\') || *pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('/')))
-	{
-		*pathp = TINYDIR_STRING('\0');
-		pathp++;
-	}
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	_tinydir_strcpy(path_buf, dir->path);
-	_tinydir_strcat(path_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("\\*"));
-#if (defined WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_DESKTOP_APP)
-	dir->_h = FindFirstFileEx(path_buf, FindExInfoStandard, &dir->_f, FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0);
-#else
-	dir->_h = FindFirstFile(path_buf, &dir->_f);
-#endif
-	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-#else
-	dir->_d = _tinydir_opendir(path);
-	if (dir->_d == NULL)
-	{
-#endif
-		goto bail;
-	}
-
-	/* read first file */
-	dir->has_next = 1;
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
-#else
-	/* allocate dirent buffer for readdir_r */
-	size = _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(dir->_d); /* conversion to int */
-	if (size == -1) return -1;
-	dir->_ep = (struct _tinydir_dirent*)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(size);
-	if (dir->_ep == NULL) return -1;
-
-	error = readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e);
-	if (error != 0) return -1;
-#endif
-	if (dir->_e == NULL)
-	{
-		dir->has_next = 0;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	return 0;
-
-bail:
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-	return -1;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
-{
-	/* Count the number of files first, to pre-allocate the files array */
-	size_t n_files = 0;
-	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-	while (dir->has_next)
-	{
-		n_files++;
-		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
-		{
-			goto bail;
-		}
-	}
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-
-	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dir->n_files = 0;
-	dir->_files = (tinydir_file *)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(sizeof *dir->_files * n_files);
-	if (dir->_files == NULL)
-	{
-		goto bail;
-	}
-	while (dir->has_next)
-	{
-		tinydir_file *p_file;
-		dir->n_files++;
-
-		p_file = &dir->_files[dir->n_files - 1];
-		if (tinydir_readfile(dir, p_file) == -1)
-		{
-			goto bail;
-		}
-
-		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
-		{
-			goto bail;
-		}
-
-		/* Just in case the number of files has changed between the first and
-		second reads, terminate without writing into unallocated memory */
-		if (dir->n_files == n_files)
-		{
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	qsort(dir->_files, dir->n_files, sizeof(tinydir_file), _tinydir_file_cmp);
-
-	return 0;
-
-bail:
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-	return -1;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL)
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	memset(dir->path, 0, sizeof(dir->path));
-	dir->has_next = 0;
-	dir->n_files = 0;
-	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_files);
-	dir->_files = NULL;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	if (dir->_h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-	{
-		FindClose(dir->_h);
-	}
-	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-#else
-	if (dir->_d)
-	{
-		_tinydir_closedir(dir->_d);
-	}
-	dir->_d = NULL;
-	dir->_e = NULL;
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_ep);
-	dir->_ep = NULL;
-#endif
-#endif
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (!dir->has_next)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	if (FindNextFile(dir->_h, &dir->_f) == 0)
-#else
-#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
-#else
-	if (dir->_ep == NULL)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e) != 0)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-	if (dir->_e == NULL)
-#endif
-	{
-		dir->has_next = 0;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_SUCCESS &&
-			GetLastError() != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
-		{
-			tinydir_close(dir);
-			errno = EIO;
-			return -1;
-		}
-#endif
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-#else
-	if (dir->_e == NULL)
-#endif
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) +
-		_tinydir_strlen(
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-			dir->_f.cFileName
-#else
-			dir->_e->d_name
-#endif
-		) + 1 + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >=
-		_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
-	{
-		/* the path for the file will be too long */
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-			dir->_f.cFileName
-#else
-			dir->_e->d_name
-#endif
-		) >= _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX)
-	{
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	_tinydir_strcpy(file->path, dir->path);
-	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, TINYDIR_STRING("/"));
-	_tinydir_strcpy(file->name,
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		dir->_f.cFileName
-#else
-		dir->_e->d_name
-#endif
-	);
-	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, file->name);
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-	if (_tstat(
-#else
-	if (stat(
-#endif
-		file->path, &file->_s) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-	_tinydir_get_ext(file);
-
-	file->is_dir =
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
-#else
-		S_ISDIR(file->_s.st_mode);
-#endif
-	file->is_reg =
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL) ||
-		(
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) &&
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) &&
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED) &&
-#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM) &&
-#endif
-#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA) &&
-#endif
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE) &&
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY));
-#else
-		S_ISREG(file->_s.st_mode);
-#endif
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (i >= dir->n_files)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	memcpy(file, &dir->_files[i], sizeof(tinydir_file));
-	_tinydir_get_ext(file);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i)
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	if (dir == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (i >= dir->n_files || !dir->_files[i].is_dir)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	_tinydir_strcpy(path, dir->_files[i].path);
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-	if (tinydir_open_sorted(dir, path) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/* Open a single file given its path */
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
-{
-	tinydir_dir dir;
-	int result = 0;
-	int found = 0;
-	_tinydir_char_t dir_name_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t file_name_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t *dir_name;
-	_tinydir_char_t *base_name;
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-	_tinydir_char_t drive_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t ext_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
-#endif
-
-	if (file == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
-	{
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Get the parent path */
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-#if ((defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
-		_tsplitpath_s(
-			path,
-			drive_buf, _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX,
-			dir_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
-			file_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
-			ext_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
-#else
-		_tsplitpath(
-			path,
-			drive_buf,
-			dir_name_buf,
-			file_name_buf,
-			ext_buf);
-#endif
-
-/* _splitpath_s not work fine with only filename and widechar support */
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-		if (drive_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
-			drive_buf[0] = '\0';
-		if (dir_name_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
-			dir_name_buf[0] = '\0';
-#endif
-
-	if (errno)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	/* Emulate the behavior of dirname by returning "." for dir name if it's
-	empty */
-	if (drive_buf[0] == '\0' && dir_name_buf[0] == '\0')
-	{
-		_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("."));
-	}
-	/* Concatenate the drive letter and dir name to form full dir name */
-	_tinydir_strcat(drive_buf, dir_name_buf);
-	dir_name = drive_buf;
-	/* Concatenate the file name and extension to form base name */
-	_tinydir_strcat(file_name_buf, ext_buf);
-	base_name = file_name_buf;
-#else
-	_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, path);
-	dir_name = dirname(dir_name_buf);
-	_tinydir_strcpy(file_name_buf, path);
-	base_name =basename(file_name_buf);
-#endif
-
-	/* Open the parent directory */
-	if (tinydir_open(&dir, dir_name) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Read through the parent directory and look for the file */
-	while (dir.has_next)
-	{
-		if (tinydir_readfile(&dir, file) == -1)
-		{
-			result = -1;
-			goto bail;
-		}
-		if (_tinydir_strcmp(file->name, base_name) == 0)
-		{
-			/* File found */
-			found = 1;
-			break;
-		}
-		tinydir_next(&dir);
-	}
-	if (!found)
-	{
-		result = -1;
-		errno = ENOENT;
-	}
-
-bail:
-	tinydir_close(&dir);
-	return result;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file)
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t *period = _tinydir_strrchr(file->name, TINYDIR_STRING('.'));
-	if (period == NULL)
-	{
-		file->extension = &(file->name[_tinydir_strlen(file->name)]);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		file->extension = period + 1;
-	}
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-	const tinydir_file *fa = (const tinydir_file *)a;
-	const tinydir_file *fb = (const tinydir_file *)b;
-	if (fa->is_dir != fb->is_dir)
-	{
-		return -(fa->is_dir - fb->is_dir);
-	}
-	return _tinydir_strncmp(fa->name, fb->name, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
-}
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-/*
-The following authored by Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
-from https://womble.decadent.org.uk/readdir_r-advisory.html
-*/
-/* Calculate the required buffer size (in bytes) for directory      *
-* entries read from the given directory handle.  Return -1 if this  *
-* this cannot be done.                                              *
-*                                                                   *
-* This code does not trust values of NAME_MAX that are less than    *
-* 255, since some systems (including at least HP-UX) incorrectly    *
-* define it to be a smaller value.                                  */
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp)
-{
-	long name_max;
-	size_t name_end;
-	/* parameter may be unused */
-	(void)dirp;
-
-#if defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
-	name_max = fpathconf(dirfd(dirp), _PC_NAME_MAX);
-	if (name_max == -1)
-#if defined(NAME_MAX)
-		name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
-#else
-		return (size_t)(-1);
-#endif
-#elif defined(NAME_MAX)
- 	name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
-#else
-#error "buffer size for readdir_r cannot be determined"
-#endif
-	name_end = (size_t)offsetof(struct _tinydir_dirent, d_name) + name_max + 1;
-	return (name_end > sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent) ?
-		name_end : sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent));
-}
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-# if defined (_MSC_VER)
-# pragma warning(pop)
-# endif
-
-#endif
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
 in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
-.AP size_t length in
+.AP int length in
 The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
 appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
-If TCL_AUTO_LENGTH, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
+If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr in
 The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will be set to this value.
 .AP char *element in
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
+Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -19,14 +19,29 @@ char *
 void
 \fBTcl_Free\fR(\fIptr\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+char *
 \fBTcl_Realloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+char *
 \fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+char *
 \fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBckfree\fR(\fIptr\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBattemptckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
+.sp
+char *
+\fBattemptckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS char *size
 .AP "unsigned int" size in
@@ -64,10 +79,14 @@ allocation fails, these functions will return NULL.  Note that on some
 platforms, but not all, attempting to allocate a zero-sized block of
 memory will also cause these functions to return NULL.
 .PP
-When a module or Tcl itself is compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined,
-the procedures \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBTcl_Free\fR, \fBTcl_Realloc\fR,
-\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR, and \fBTcl_AttempRealloc\fR are implemented
-as macros, redefined to be special debugging versions of these procedures.
+The procedures \fBckalloc\fR, \fBckfree\fR, \fBckrealloc\fR,
+\fBattemptckalloc\fR, and \fBattemptckrealloc\fR are implemented
+as macros.  Normally, they are synonyms for the corresponding
+procedures documented on this page.  When Tcl and all modules
+calling Tcl are compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined, however,
+these macros are redefined to be special debugging versions
+of these procedures.  To support Tcl's memory debugging within a
+module, use the macros rather than direct calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, etc.

 .SH KEYWORDS
 alloc, allocation, free, malloc, memory, realloc, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations o
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProcPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProc, clientData\fR)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
 .AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr in
 Pointer to location in which to store address of current deletion procedure
 for association.  Ignored if NULL.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value associated with the given key in this
 interpreter.  This data is owned by the caller.
 .BE
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int
 .AS Tcl_AsyncHandler clientData
 .AP Tcl_AsyncProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke to handle an asynchronous event.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 One-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_AsyncHandler async in
 Token for asynchronous event handler.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ type \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIcode\fR);
 .CE
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ unsigned char *
 .AP "const unsigned char" *bytes in
 The array of bytes used to initialize or set a byte-array value. May be NULL
 even if \fIlength\fR is non-zero.
-.AP size_t length in
-The length of the array of bytes.
+.AP int length in
+The length of the array of bytes.  It must be >= 0.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
 For \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, this points to the value to be converted to
 byte-array type.  For \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR and
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interp
 Interpreter with which to associated callback.
 .AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc in
 Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
 For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, only \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR is currently
 supported.  For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR and
 \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR are currently supported.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Currently reserved for future use.
 It should be set to NULL.
 .BE
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Tcl_Channel
 Interpreter for error reporting.
 .AP "const Tcl_ChannelType" *typePtr in
 The new channel I/O procedures to use for \fIchannel\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to channel I/O procedures.
 .AP int mask in
 Conditions under which \fIchannel\fR will be used: OR-ed combination of
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Tcl_Object
 int
 \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR(\fIobject\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_ObjectGetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ObjectSetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ObjectSetMethodNameMapper\fR(\fIobject\fR, \fImethodNameMapper\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS void *metadata in/out
+.AS ClientData metadata in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
 Interpreter providing the context for looking up or creating an object, and
 into whose result error messages will be written on failure.
@@ -79,13 +79,11 @@ The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array.
 The arguments to the command to create the instance of the class.
 .AP int skip in
 The number of arguments at the start of the argument array, \fIobjv\fR, that
-are not arguments to any constructors. This allows the generation of correct
-error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
-\fBnext\fR command).
+are not arguments to any constructors.
 .AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
 The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
 retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
-.AP void *metadata in
+.AP ClientData metadata in
 An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
 associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
 .AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
@@ -111,9 +109,7 @@ may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectCommand\fR function, the name of
 the object (and hence the name of the command) with \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR,
 and the namespace may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectNamespace\fR
 function. Note that the Tcl_Obj reference returned by \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR
-is a shared reference. You can also get whether the object has been marked for
-deletion with \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR (it returns true if deletion of the
-object has begun); this can be useful during the processing of methods.
+is a shared reference.
 .PP
 Instances of classes are created using \fBTcl_NewObjectInstance\fR, which
 creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both
@@ -125,16 +121,6 @@ created object, or NULL if the creation failed (when an error message will be
 left in the interpreter result). In addition, objects may be copied by using
 \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR which creates a copy of an object without running
 any constructors.
-.PP
-Note that the lifetime management of objects is handled internally within
-TclOO, and does not use \fBTcl_Preserve\fR. \fIIt is not safe to put a
-Tcl_Object handle in a C structure with a lifespan different to the object;\fR
-you should use the object's command name (as retrieved with
-\fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR) instead. It is safe to use a Tcl_Object handle for
-the lifespan of a call of a method on that object; handles do not become
-invalid while there is an outstanding call on their object (even if the only
-operation guaranteed to be safe on them is \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR; the other
-operations are only guaranteed to work on non-deleted objects).
 .SH "OBJECT AND CLASS METADATA"
 .PP
 Every object and every class may have arbitrary amounts of metadata attached
@@ -185,7 +171,7 @@ a class or object.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_ObjectMetadataDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fImetadata\fR);
+        ClientData \fImetadata\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fImetadata\fR argument gives the address of the metadata to be
@@ -198,8 +184,8 @@ associated with a class or object.
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        void *\fIsrcMetadata\fR,
-        void **\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
+        ClientData \fIsrcMetadata\fR,
+        ClientData *\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChanne
 Tcl_Channel
 \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR(\fItypePtr, channelName, instanceData, mask\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
 .sp
 const Tcl_ChannelType *
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ by any other channel. Can be NULL, in which case the channel is
 created without a name. If the created channel is assigned to one
 of the standard channels (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR),
 the assigned channel name will be the name of the standard channel.
-.AP void *instanceData in
+.AP ClientData instanceData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to be associated with this channel.  This
 value is passed to procedures in \fItypePtr\fR when they are invoked.
 .AP int mask in
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The channel to operate on.
 .AP int direction in
 \fBTCL_READABLE\fR means the input handle is wanted; \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
 means the output handle is wanted.
-.AP void **handlePtr out
+.AP ClientData *handlePtr out
 Points to the location where the desired OS-specific handle should be
 stored.
 .AP int size in
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ the generic layer to set blocking and nonblocking mode on the device.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverBlockModeProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fImode\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ closed. \fICloseProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIflags\fR);
 .CE
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ internal buffer. \fIInputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        char *\fIbuf\fR,
        int \fIbufSize\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ generic layer to transfer data from an internal buffer to the output device.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        const char *\fIbuf\fR,
        int \fItoWrite\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        long \fIoffset\fR,
        int \fIseekMode\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef Tcl_WideInt \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
        int \fIseekMode\fR,
        int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ the generic layer to set a channel type specific option on a channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
        const char *\fInewValue\fR);
@@ -648,8 +648,8 @@ It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
 unrecognized.
 If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that
 is not supported or if a system call error occurs,
-the function should leave an error message in the result
-of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
+the function should leave an error message in the
+\fIresult\fR field of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
 function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
 error code.
 .PP
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ channel. \fIgetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetOptionProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
        Tcl_DString *\fIoptionValue\fR);
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ notice events of interest on this channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_DriverWatchProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fImask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -732,9 +732,9 @@ the generic layer to retrieve a device-specific handle from the channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetHandleProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fIdirection\fR,
-        void **\fIhandlePtr\fR);
+        ClientData *\fIhandlePtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 \fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ It should be set to NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverFlushProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, which returns
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ that occur on the underlying (stacked) channel.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverHandlerProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fIinterestMask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        int \fIaction\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ length. It can be NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_DriverTruncateProc\fR(
-        void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
        Tcl_WideInt \fIlength\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ a zero value to temporarily disable an existing handler.
 .AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke whenever the channel indicated by \fIchannel\fR meets
 the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ what it means for a channel to be readable or writable.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_ChannelProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fImask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ void
 The channel for which to create or delete a close callback.
 .AP Tcl_CloseProc *proc in
 The procedure to call as the callback.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CloseProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR is the same as the value provided in the call to
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Name of command.
 .AP Tcl_CmdProc *proc in
 Implementation of new command:  \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
 \fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
-.AP voie *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
 Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIargc\fR,
        const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ a handler.
 .AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke whenever the file or device indicated
 by \fIfile\fR meets the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ type \fBTcl_FileProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_FileProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fImask\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ Tcl_Interp *
 int
 \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 int
 \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -68,12 +70,14 @@ deleted and when the whole interpreter is being deleted. In the former case
 the callback may recreate the data being deleted, but this would lead to an
 infinite loop if the interpreter were being deleted.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR is useful for determining whether there is any
 execution of scripts ongoing in an interpreter, which is a useful piece of
 information when Tcl is embedded in a garbage-collected environment and it
 becomes necessary to determine whether the interpreter is a candidate for
 deletion. The function returns a true value if the interpreter has at least
 one active execution running inside it, and a false value otherwise.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "INTERPRETERS AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR can be called at any time on an interpreter that may
@@ -134,10 +138,12 @@ All uses of interpreters in Tcl and Tk have already been protected.
 Extension writers should ensure that their code also properly protects any
 additional interpreters used, as described above.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 Note that the protection mechanisms do not work well with conventional garbage
 collection systems. When in such a managed environment, \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR
 should be used to determine when an interpreter is a candidate for deletion
 due to inactivity.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_Preserve(3), Tcl_Release(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj, Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
+Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -42,14 +42,6 @@ void
 .sp
 Tcl_Command
 \fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
-.sp
-.VS "info cmdtype feature"
-void
-\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR(\fIproc, typeName\fR)
-.sp
-const char *
-\fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR(\fItoken\fR)
-.VE "info cmdtype feature"
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -59,7 +51,7 @@ Name of command.
 .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
 Implementation of the new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
 \fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
 Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
@@ -73,9 +65,6 @@ Pointer to structure containing various information about a
 Tcl command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 Value containing the name of a Tcl command.
-.AP "const char" *typeName in
-Indicates the name of the type of command implementation associated
-with a particular \fIproc\fR, or NULL to break the association.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -102,7 +91,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
@@ -175,7 +164,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -217,11 +206,11 @@ A \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure has the following fields:
 typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
    int \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR;
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *\fIobjProc\fR;
-    void *\fIobjClientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIobjClientData\fR;
    Tcl_CmdProc *\fIproc\fR;
-    void *\fIclientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
-    void *\fIdeleteData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIdeleteData\fR;
    Tcl_Namespace *\fInamespacePtr\fR;
 } \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR;
 .CE
@@ -247,7 +236,7 @@ otherwise, this is a compatibility procedure
 registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
 that simply calls the command's
 value-based procedure after converting its string arguments to Tcl values.
-The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the clientData value
+The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the ClientData value
 to pass to \fIdeleteProc\fR;  it is normally the same as
 \fIclientData\fR but may be set independently using the
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR procedure.
@@ -261,7 +250,7 @@ from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in place of the command name.  If the
 and fills in the structure designated by \fIinfoPtr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR is used to modify the procedures and
-clientData values associated with a command.
+ClientData values associated with a command.
 Its \fIcmdName\fR argument is the name of a command in \fIinterp\fR.
 \fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
 to identify a command in a particular namespace.
@@ -277,9 +266,9 @@ copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to Tcl's internal structure
 for the command and returns 1.
 .PP
 Note that \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR and
-\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the clientData for a
+\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the ClientData for a
 command's deletion procedure to be given a different value than the
-clientData for its command procedure.
+ClientData for its command procedure.
 .PP
 Note that neither \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR nor
 \fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR will change a command's namespace.
@@ -307,22 +296,6 @@ is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
 specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
 The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
 Returns NULL if the command is not found.
-.PP
-.VS "info cmdtype feature"
-\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR is used to associate a name (the
-\fItypeName\fR argument) with a particular implementation function so that it
-can then be looked up with \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR, which in turn is
-called with a command token that information is wanted for and which returns
-the name of the type that was registered for the implementation function used
-for that command. (The lookup functionality is surfaced virtually directly in Tcl via
-\fBinfo cmdtype\fR.) If there is no function registered for a particular
-function, the result will be the string literal
-.QW \fBnative\fR .
-The registration of a name can be undone by registering a mapping to NULL
-instead. The result from \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR will be exactly that
-string which was registered, and not a copy; use of a compile-time constant
-string is \fIstrongly recommended\fR.
-.VE "info cmdtype feature"
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ in a hierarchical relationship, and the management of aliases, commands
 that when invoked in one interpreter execute a command in another
 interpreter. The return value for those procedures that return an \fBint\fR
 is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
-then the interpreter's result contains an error message.
+then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR.
 It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which
@@ -158,12 +158,12 @@ If no such slave interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 \fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no master (it is a
 top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR stores in the result of \fIaskingInterp\fR
-the relative path between \fIaskingInterp\fR and \fIslaveInterp\fR;
+\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR sets the \fIresult\fR field in \fIaskingInterp\fR
+to the relative path between \fIaskingInterp\fR and \fIslaveInterp\fR;
 \fIslaveInterp\fR must be a slave of \fIaskingInterp\fR. If the computation
 of the relative path succeeds, \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, else
-\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is stored as the
-result of \fIaskingInterp\fR.
+\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the \fIresult\fR field in
+\fIaskingInterp\fR contains the error message.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR creates a command named \fIslaveCmd\fR in
 \fIslaveInterp\fR that when invoked, will cause the command \fItargetCmd\fR
@@ -198,33 +198,33 @@ the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting
 it under the name
 \fIcmdName\fR.
 \fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden
-command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
-leave an error message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
+message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR.
 If an exposed command named \fIcmdName\fR already exists,
-the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message as
-the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the
+value result of \fIinterp\fR.
 If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
-After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in any
-script evaluation mechanism will again succeed.
+After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will again succeed.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_HideCommand\fR moves the command named \fIcmdName\fR from the set of
 exposed commands to the set of hidden commands, under the name
 \fIhiddenCmdName\fR.
 \fICmdName\fR must be the name of an existing exposed
 command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
-message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+message in the value result of \fIinterp\fR.
 Currently both \fIcmdName\fR and \fIhiddenCmdName\fR must not contain
 namespace qualifiers, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
-leave an error message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+leave an error message in the value result of \fIinterp\fR.
 The \fICmdName\fR will be looked up in the global namespace, and not
 relative to the current namespace, even if the current namespace is not the
 global one.
 If a hidden command whose name is \fIhiddenCmdName\fR already
-exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and an error
-message is left as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and the \fIresult\fR
+field in \fIinterp\fR contains an error message.
 If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
-After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in
-any script evaluation mechanism will fail.
+After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will fail.
 .PP
 For a description of the Tcl interface to multiple interpreters, see
 \fIinterp(n)\fR.
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Tcl_TimerToken
 How many milliseconds to wait before invoking \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_TimerProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke after \fImilliseconds\fR have elapsed.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_TimerToken token in
 Token for previously created timer handler (the return value
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ details of the calling sequence.
 .AP Tcl_CmdTraceProc *proc in
 Procedure to call for each command that is executed.  See below for
 details on the calling sequence.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
 Procedure to call when the trace is deleted.  See below for details of
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ interpreter.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
-        \fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR,
+        \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIlevel\fR,
        const char *\fIcommand\fR,
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are copies of the
 corresponding arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR.
-\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
+\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
 structure that describes what to do when \fIobjProc\fR is invoked.  The
 \fIlevel\fR parameter gives the nesting level of the command (1 for
 top-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR by the application, 2 for
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR(
-        \fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR);
+        \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
@@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIlevel\fR,
        char *\fIcommand\fR,
        Tcl_CmdProc *\fIcmdProc\fR,
-        void *\fIcmdClientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIcmdClientData\fR,
        int \fIargc\fR,
        const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
 .CE
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_DStringLength\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 char *
@@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
 Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
 .AP "const char" *element in
 Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
-.AP size_t length in
-Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string.  If TCL_AUTO_LENGTH,
+.AP int length in
+Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string.  If -1,
 add all characters up to null terminating character.
-.AP size_t newLength in
+.AP int newLength in
 New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
 character.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_DoWhenIdle, Tcl_CancelIdleCall \- invoke a procedure when there are no pendi
 .AS Tcl_IdleProc clientData
 .AP Tcl_IdleProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke.
-.AP coid *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ type \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
 \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
 allocated memory to the specified file.  The information output for
 each allocated block of memory is:  starting and ending addresses
-(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBTcl_Alloc\fR was
+(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
 called to allocate the block and line number in that file.  It is
 especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
 interpreter has been deleted.
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ by \fBTcl_Main\fR.
 \fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR forces a validation of the guard zones of
 all currently allocated blocks of memory.  Normally validation of a
 block occurs when its freed, unless full validation is enabled, in
-which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and
-\fBTcl_Free\fR are called.  This function forces the validation to occur
+which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBckalloc\fR and
+\fBckfree\fR are called.  This function forces the validation to occur
 at any point.

 .SH "SEE ALSO"
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
+Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ int
 \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, statePtr,
                  dst, dstLen, srcReadPtr, dstWrotePtr, dstCharsPtr\fR)
 .sp
+char *
+\fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR(\fItsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
+.sp
+TCHAR *
+\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR(\fIsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
+.sp
 const char *
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR(\fIencoding\fR)
 .sp
@@ -73,11 +79,11 @@ Points to storage where encoding token is to be written.
 .AP "const char" *src in
 For the \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR functions, an array of bytes in the
 specified encoding that are to be converted to UTF-8.  For the
-\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR function, an array of
+\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR and \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR functions, an array of
 UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding.
 .AP "const TCHAR" *tsrc in
 An array of Windows TCHAR characters to convert to UTF-8.
-.AP size_t srcLen in
+.AP int srcLen in
 Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes.  If the length is negative, the
 encoding-specific length of the string is used.
 .AP Tcl_DString *dstPtr out
@@ -243,6 +249,12 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in
 \fIdst\fR.  The return values are the same as the return values for
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
+Windows-only convenience
+functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
+based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
+a Unicode character on Windows NT.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
 Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
 was used to create the encoding.  The string returned by
@@ -296,7 +308,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
    Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fItoUtfProc\fR;
    Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fIfromUtfProc\fR;
    Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
-    void *\fIclientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
    int \fInullSize\fR;
 } \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR;
 .CE
@@ -327,7 +339,7 @@ type \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        const char *\fIsrc\fR,
        int \fIsrcLen\fR,
        int \fIflags\fR,
@@ -359,7 +371,7 @@ The callback procedure \fIfreeProc\fR, if non-NULL, should match the type
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_EncodingFreeProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 This \fIfreeProc\fR function is called when the encoding is deleted.  The
@@ -36,11 +36,13 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR(\fIinterp, token, dictObj\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 int
 \fBTcl_GetEnsembleParameterList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEnsembleParameterList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObj\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
@@ -161,6 +163,7 @@ All command names in prefixes set via \fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR
 must be fully qualified.
 .TP
 \fBformal pre-subcommand parameter list\fR (read-write)
+.VS 8.6
 A list of formal parameter names (the names only being used when generating
 error messages) that come at invocation of the ensemble between the name of
 the ensemble and the subcommand argument. NULL (the default) is equivalent to
@@ -171,6 +174,7 @@ respectively. The result of both of those functions is a Tcl result code
 ensemble) and the
 dictionary obtained from \fBTcl_GetEnsembleParameterList\fR should always be
 treated as immutable even if it is unshared.
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBsubcommand list\fR (read-write)
 .
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ equivalent to using the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag (see below).
 of any length, concatenates them into a single string,
 then calls \fBTcl_Eval\fR to execute that string as a Tcl command.
 It returns the result of the command and also modifies
-the interpreter result in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
+\fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
 of arguments.  \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ usually means that an error occurred.
 Procedure to invoke before exiting application, or (for
 \fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR) NULL to uninstall the current application exit
 procedure.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ otherwise causes the application to terminate without calling
 returns control to its caller.
 If an application exit handler has been installed (see
 \fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR), that handler is invoked with an argument
-consisting of the exit status (cast to void *); the application
+consisting of the exit status (cast to ClientData); the application
 exit handler should not return control to Tcl.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_Finalize\fR is similar to \fBTcl_Exit\fR except that it does not
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and freeing global memory.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_ExitProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
@@ -133,9 +133,7 @@ installed, that exit handler takes over complete responsibility for
 finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
 appropriate time.  The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
 invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
-cast to a void *value.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
+cast to a ClientData value.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 exit(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_FSUnregister\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_FSData\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 void
@@ -63,8 +63,10 @@ int
 \fBTcl_FSLoadFile\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr, sym1, sym2, proc1Ptr, proc2Ptr,
               loadHandlePtr, unloadProcPtr\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 int
 \fBTcl_FSUnloadFile\fR(\fIinterp, loadHandle\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR(\fIinterp, resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern, types\fR)
@@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 int
 \fBTcl_FSConvertToPathType\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_FSGetInternalRep\fR(\fIpathPtr, fsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Obj *
@@ -144,6 +146,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 Tcl_StatBuf *
 \fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR()
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 Tcl_WideInt
 \fBTcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat\fR(\fIstatPtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -182,6 +185,7 @@ Tcl_WideUInt
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetUserIdFromStat\fR(\fIstatPtr\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_GlobTypeData **srcPathPtr out
 .AP "const Tcl_Filesystem" *fsPtr in
@@ -208,7 +212,7 @@ this structure will be returned. This parameter may be NULL.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter to use either for results, evaluation, or reporting error
 messages.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 The native description of the path value to create.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *firstPtr in
 The first of two path values to compare. The value may be converted
@@ -245,7 +249,7 @@ Name of a procedure to look up in the file's symbol table
 Filled with the init function for this code.
 .AP Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc2Ptr out
 Filled with the safe-init function for this code.
-.AP void **clientDataPtr out
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 Filled with the clientData value to pass to this code's unload
 function when it is called.
 .AP Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandlePtr out
@@ -440,16 +444,20 @@ belongs will be called. If that filesystem does not implement this
 function (most virtual filesystems will not, because of OS limitations
 in dynamically loading binary code), Tcl will attempt to copy the file
 to a temporary directory and load that temporary file.
+.VS 8.6
 \fBTcl_FSUnloadFile\fR reverses the operation, asking for the library
 indicated by the \fIloadHandle\fR to be removed from the process. Note that,
 unlike with the \fBunload\fR command, this does not give the library any
 opportunity to clean up.
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 Both the above functions return a standard Tcl completion code. If an error
 occurs, an error message is left in the \fIinterp\fR's result.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 The token provided via the variable indicated by \fIloadHandlePtr\fR may be
 used with \fBTcl_FindSymbol\fR.
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 \fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR is used by the globbing code to search a
 directory for all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate
@@ -716,7 +724,7 @@ better functions to use for most purposes.
 \fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath\fR does the same as
 \fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedPath\fR, but returns a character string or NULL.
 The string returned is dynamically allocated and owned by the caller,
-which must store it or call \fBTcl_Free\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
+which must store it or call \fBckfree\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
 \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR are usually
 better functions to use for most purposes.
 .PP
@@ -783,10 +791,11 @@ It returns one of \fBTCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE\fR, \fBTCL_PATH_RELATIVE\fR, or
 .SS "PORTABLE STAT RESULT API"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR allocates a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR on the system heap (which
-may be deallocated by being passed to \fBTcl_Free\fR). This allows extensions to
+may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
 invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
 size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 The portable fields of a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR may be read using the following
 functions, each of which returns the value of the corresponding field listed
 in the table below. Note that on some platforms there may be other fields in
@@ -810,6 +819,7 @@ for a full description of these fields.
 \fBTcl_GetBlocksFromStat\fR	 st_blocks
 \fBTcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat\fR	 st_blksize
 .DE
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "THE VIRTUAL FILESYSTEM API"
 .PP
 A filesystem provides a \fBTcl_Filesystem\fR structure that contains
@@ -831,7 +841,7 @@ general that is not a good thing to do). \fBTCL_OK\fR will be returned.
 the list of known filesystems, if it is known, and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If
 the filesystem is not currently registered, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the clientData associated with the given
+\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the ClientData associated with the given
 filesystem, if that filesystem is registered. Otherwise it will
 return NULL.
 .PP
@@ -1008,7 +1018,7 @@ Tcl's internal list of known filesystems.
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR(
        Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR,
-        void **\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
+        ClientData *\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .SS DUPINTERNALREPPROC
 .PP
@@ -1018,8 +1028,8 @@ simply not copy the internal representation, which may then need to be
 regenerated later.
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef void *\fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .SS FREEINTERNALREPPROC
 Free the internal representation. This must be implemented if internal
@@ -1028,7 +1038,7 @@ internal representation is generated), but may otherwise be NULL.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .SS INTERNALTONORMALIZEDPROC
 .PP
@@ -1039,7 +1049,7 @@ representation is the normalized path.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef Tcl_Obj *\fBTcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .SS CREATEINTERNALREPPROC
 .PP
@@ -1050,7 +1060,7 @@ the \fITcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR for this filesystem always
 immediately creates an internal representation for paths it accepts.
 .PP
 .CS
-typedef void *\fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
+typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
        Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .SS NORMALIZEPATHPROC
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ internal full path name of the executable file as computed by
 equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command.  NULL
 is returned if the internal full path name has not been
 computed or unknown.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
+
 .SH KEYWORDS
 binary, executable file
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ be used for reading.
 .AP int checkUsage in
 If non-zero, then an error will be generated if the file was not opened
 for the access indicated by \fIwrite\fR.
-.AP void **filePtr out
+.AP ClientData *filePtr out
 Points to word in which to store pointer to FILE structure for
 the file given by \fIchanID\fR.
 .BE
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ Pointer to handler function replacing \fBTcl_GetTime\fR's access to the OS.
 .AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc scaleProc in
 Pointer to handler function for the conversion of time delays in the
 virtual domain to real-time.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Value passed through to the two handler functions.
 .AP Tcl_GetTimeProc *getProcPtr out
 Pointer to place the currently registered get handler function into.
 .AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *scaleProcPtr out
 Pointer to place the currently registered scale handler function into.
-.AP void **clientDataPtr out
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 Pointer to place the currently registered pass-through value into.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ The signatures of the handler functions are as follows:
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_GetTimeProc\fR(
        Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 typedef void \fBTcl_ScaleTimeProc\fR(
        Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fItimebuf\fR fields contain the time to manipulate, and the
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Tcl_HashEntry *
 Tcl_HashEntry *
 \fBTcl_FindHashEntry\fR(\fItablePtr, key\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr, value\fR)
@@ -66,8 +66,9 @@ The word at \fI*newPtr\fR is set to 1 if a new entry was created
 and 0 if there was already an entry for \fIkey\fR.
 .AP Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr in
 Pointer to hash table entry.
-.AP void *value in
-New value to assign to hash table entry.
+.AP ClientData value in
+New value to assign to hash table entry.  Need not have type
+ClientData, but must fit in same space as ClientData.
 .AP Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr in
 Pointer to record to use to keep track of progress in enumerating
 all the entries in a hash table.
@@ -185,6 +186,11 @@ instead, it returns NULL as result.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR and \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR are used to
 read and write an entry's value, respectively.
+Values are stored and retrieved as type
+.QW ClientData ,
+which is
+large enough to hold a pointer value.  On almost all machines this is
+large enough to hold an integer value too.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetHashKey\fR returns the key for a given hash table entry,
 either as a pointer to a string, a one-word
@@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ overall information about a hash table, such as the number of
 entries it contains, the number of buckets in its hash array,
 and the utilization of the buckets.
 It is the caller's responsibility to free the result string
-by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.
+by passing it to \fBckfree\fR.
 .PP
 The header file \fBtcl.h\fR defines the actual data structures
 used to implement hash tables.
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Tcl Core Team
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.so man.macros
-.TH Tcl_InitSubsystems 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
-.BS
-.SH NAME
-Tcl_InitSubsystems \- initialize the Tcl library.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
-.sp
-void
-\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-The \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR procedure initializes the Tcl
-library. This procedure is typically invoked as the very
-first thing in the application's main program.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is very similar in use to
-\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR. It can be used when Tcl is
-used as utility library, no other encodings than utf8,
-iso8859-1 or unicode are used, and no interest exists in the
-value of \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR. The system encoding will not
-be extracted from the environment, but falls back to iso8859-1.
-.SH KEYWORDS
-binary, executable file
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetIntForIndex, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
+Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@ int
 \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, endValue, intPtr\fR)
-.sp
-int
 \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -58,8 +55,6 @@ int
 \fBTcl_InitBignumFromDouble\fR(\fIinterp, doubleValue, bigValue\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_WideInt doubleValue in/out
-.AP int endValue in
-\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR will return this when the input value is "end".
 .AP int intValue in
 Integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
 .AP long longValue in
@@ -120,16 +115,6 @@ violates Tcl's copy-on-write policy.  Any existing string representation
 or internal representation in the unshared Tcl value will be freed
 as a consequence of setting the new value.
 .PP
-The \fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR routine attempts to retrieve an index
-value from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the attempt succeeds,
-then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is written to the
-storage provided by the caller.  The attempt might fail if
-\fIobjPtr\fR does not hold an index value.  If the attempt fails,
-then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL,
-an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR.  The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR
-of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent calls to the
-same routine more efficient.
-.PP
 The \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
 \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
 \fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR routines attempt to retrieve an integral
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+typedef struct {
+    char *\fIresult\fR;
+    Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
+    int \fIerrorLine\fR;
+} \fBTcl_Interp\fR;
+
+typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
+        char *\fIblockPtr\fR);
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a Tcl_Interp
+structure.  Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
+as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
+other routines in the Tcl interface.  Accessing fields directly through
+the pointer as described below is no longer supported.  The supported
+public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
+\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
+.PP
+The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
+results or error messages from commands.
+This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
+and by \fBTcl_Eval\fR back to its callers.
+The \fIresult\fR field points to the string that represents the
+result or error message, and the \fIfreeProc\fR field tells how
+to dispose of the storage for the string when it is not needed anymore.
+The easiest way for command procedures to manipulate these
+fields is to call procedures like \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
+or \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR;  they
+will hide all the details of managing the fields.
+The description below is for those procedures that manipulate the
+fields directly.
+.PP
+Whenever a command procedure returns, it must ensure
+that the \fIresult\fR field of its interpreter points to the string
+being returned by the command.
+The \fIresult\fR field must always point to a valid string.
+If a command wishes to return no result then \fIinterp->result\fR
+should point to an empty string.
+Normally, results are assumed to be statically allocated,
+which means that the contents will not change before the next time
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR is called or some other command procedure is invoked.
+In this case, the \fIfreeProc\fR field must be zero.
+Alternatively, a command procedure may dynamically
+allocate its return value (e.g. using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
+and store a pointer to it in \fIinterp->result\fR.
+In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR
+to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR
+if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to
+\fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
+If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR
+to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it
+invokes the next command.
+If a client procedure overwrites \fIinterp->result\fR when
+\fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then it is responsible for calling
+\fIfreeProc\fR to free the old \fIinterp->result\fR (the \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR
+macro should be used for this purpose).
+.PP
+\fIFreeProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
+\fBTcl_FreeProc\fR declaration above:  it receives a single
+argument which is a pointer to the result value to free.
+In most applications \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR is the only non-zero value ever
+used for \fIfreeProc\fR.
+However, an application may store a different procedure address
+in \fIfreeProc\fR in order to use an alternate memory allocator
+or in order to do other cleanup when the result memory is freed.
+.PP
+As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
+\fIinterp->result\fR
+and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
+the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
+and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
+do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
+Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
+part of an array of approximately 200 characters.
+If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
+it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
+the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
+pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
+.PP
+It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
+of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described
+in the previous paragraph.
+Procedures that manipulate an interpreter's result (e.g. by
+returning an error) will generally assume that the result
+has been initialized when the procedure is called.
+If such a procedure is to be called after the result has been
+changed, then \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR should be called first to
+reset the result to its initialized state.  The direct use of
+\fIinterp->result\fR is strongly deprecated (see \fBTcl_SetResult\fR).
+.PP
+The \fIerrorLine\fR
+field is valid only after \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns
+a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR return code.  In this situation the \fIerrorLine\fR
+field identifies the line number of the command being executed when
+the error occurred.  The line numbers are relative to the command
+being executed:  1 means the first line of the command passed to
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR, 2 means the second line, and so on.
+The \fIerrorLine\fR field is typically used in conjunction with
+\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR to report information about where an error
+occurred.
+\fIErrorLine\fR should not normally be modified except by \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+free, initialized, interpreter, malloc, result
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the handler returns.  Many handlers may be attached to the same
 interpreter limit; their order of execution is not defined, and they
 must be identified by \fIhandlerProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR when they
 are deleted.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary pointer-sized word used to pass some context to the
 \fIhandlerProc\fR function.
 .AP Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc in
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 A limit handler may be deleted using \fBTcl_LimitRemoveHandler\fR; the
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
+Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -17,52 +17,27 @@ Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl varia
 int
 \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type\fR)
 .sp
-.VS "TIP 312"
-int
-\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type, size\fR)
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.sp
 \fBTcl_UnlinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_UpdateLinkedVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS Tcl_Interp varName in
+.AS Tcl_Interp writable
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter that contains \fIvarName\fR.
 Also used by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR to return error messages.
 .AP "const char" *varName in
 Name of global variable.
-.AP void *addr in
+.AP char *addr in
 Address of C variable that is to be linked to \fIvarName\fR.
-.sp
-.VS "TIP 312"
-In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, may be NULL to tell Tcl to create the storage
-for the array in the variable.
-.VE "TIP 312"
 .AP int type in
-Type of C variable for \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR or type of array element for
-\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.  Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
+Type of C variable.  Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
 \fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR,
 \fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR,
 \fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR,
-\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR,
-\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or one of the extra ones listed below.
-.sp
-In \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR, the additional linked type \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR may be
-used.
-.sp
-.VS "TIP 312"
-In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
-\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR may be used.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.sp
-All the above for both functions may be
-optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
-variable read-only.
-.AP size_t size in
-.VS "TIP 312"
-The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
-.VE "TIP 312"
+\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR,
+\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or
+\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR, optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR
+to make Tcl variable read-only.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -77,179 +52,130 @@ while setting up the link (e.g. because \fIvarName\fR is the
 name of array) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the interpreter's result
 contains an error message.
 .PP
-.VS "TIP 312"
-\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR is similar, but for arrays of fixed size (given by
-the \fIsize\fR argument). When asked to allocate the backing C array
-storage (via the \fIaddr\fR argument being NULL), it writes the
-address that it allocated to the Tcl interpreter result.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.PP
 The \fItype\fR argument specifies the type of the C variable,
-or the type of the elements of the C array,
 and must have one of the following values, optionally OR'ed with
 \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR:
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like the empty
-string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
+string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
 as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned int\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBchar\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBchar\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
 \fBchar\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
 values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
 integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
-hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS "TIP 312"
-If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR instead.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR
-.VS "TIP 312"
-The C array is of type \fBchar *\fR and is mapped into Tcl as a string.
-Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
-the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
-.VE "TIP 312"
+hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned char\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS "TIP 312"
-If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR instead.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR
-.VS "TIP 312"
-The C array is of type \fBunsigned char *\fR and is mapped into Tcl
-as a bytearray.
-Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
-the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
-.VE "TIP 312"
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBshort\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBshort\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
 \fBshort\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
 values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
 integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
-hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
+hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned short\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBlong\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBlong\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR; attempts to write
 non-integer or out-of-range
 values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
 integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
-hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
+hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned long\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBdouble\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBdouble\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-real values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors. Incomplete integer or real representations (like the
-empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are
+empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are
 accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBfloat\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBfloat\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR and must be within the
 range acceptable for a \fBfloat\fR; attempts to
 write non-real values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
 or real representations (like the empty string, '.', '+', '-' or
-the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
+the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR
-(which is an integer type
+The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR (which is an integer type
 at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support it.)
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like the empty
-string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
+string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
 as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR
-(which is an unsigned integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that
-can support it.)
+The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR (which is an unsigned
+integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support
+it.)
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR (it will be
 cast to unsigned);
 .\" FIXME! Use bignums instead.
 attempts to write non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be
 rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like
-the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
+the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
 as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
 If its value is zero then it will read from Tcl as
 .QW 0 ;
 otherwise it will read from Tcl as
@@ -262,17 +188,15 @@ non-boolean values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR
-.
 The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
 If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
-allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
+allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
 Whenever the Tcl variable is modified the current C string will be
 freed and new memory will be allocated to hold a copy of the variable's
 new value.
 If the C variable contains a NULL pointer then the Tcl variable
 will read as
 .QW NULL .
-This is only supported by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR.
 .PP
 If the \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR flag is present in \fItype\fR then the
 variable will be read-only from Tcl, so that its value can only be
@@ -9,18 +9,18 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsPrivate, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
+Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR
 .sp
 Tcl_Method
-\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
-              clientData\fR)
+\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, isPublic,
+              methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Method
-\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
-                      clientData\fR)
+\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, isPublic,
+                      methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ClassSetConstructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
 .sp
@@ -35,13 +35,8 @@ Tcl_Object
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_MethodName\fR(\fImethod\fR)
 .sp
-.VS TIP500
 int
 \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR(\fImethod\fR)
-.VE TIP500
-.sp
-int
-\fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR(\fImethod\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR(\fImethod, methodTypePtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
@@ -61,7 +56,7 @@ Tcl_Object
 int
 \fBTcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs\fR(\fIcontext\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS void *clientData in
+.AS ClientData clientData in
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
 The interpreter holding the object or class to create or update a method in.
 .AP Tcl_Object object in
@@ -71,22 +66,17 @@ The class to create the method in.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *nameObj in
 The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating
 constructors or destructors.
-.AP int flags in
-A flag saying (currently) what the visibility of the method is. The supported
-public values of this flag are \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PUBLIC\fR (which is fixed at 1
-for backward compatibility) for an exported method,
-\fBTCL_OO_METHOD_UNEXPORTED\fR (which is fixed at 0 for backward
-compatibility) for a non-exported method,
-.VS TIP500
-and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
-.VE TIP500
+.AP int isPublic in
+A flag saying what the visibility of the method is. The only supported public
+values of this flag are 0 for a non-exported method, and 1 for an exported
+method.
 .AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
 A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
 compare against.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
 interpretation.
-.AP void **clientDataPtr out
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
 A pointer to a variable in which to write the \fIclientData\fR value supplied
 when the method was created. If NULL, the \fIclientData\fR value will not be
 retrieved.
@@ -115,12 +105,8 @@ Given a method, the entity that declared it can be found using
 attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to any class) and
 \fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR which returns the object that the method is
 attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to an object). The name of
-the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR, whether the method
-is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR,
-.VS TIP500
-and whether the method is private is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR.
-.VE TIP500
-The type of the method
+the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR and whether the method
+is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR. The type of the method
 can also be introspected upon to a limited degree; the function
 \fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR returns whether a method is of a particular type,
 assigning the per-method \fIclientData\fR to the variable pointed to by
@@ -131,12 +117,8 @@ Methods are created by \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR and \fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR,
 which
 create a method attached to a class or an object respectively. In both cases,
 the \fInameObj\fR argument gives the name of the method to create, the
-\fIflags\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
-initially
-.VS TIP500
-or be marked as a private method,
-.VE TIP500
-the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
+\fIisPublic\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
+initially, the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
 the method (see the \fBMETHOD TYPES\fR section below) and the \fIclientData\fR
 argument gives some implementation-specific data that is passed on to the
 implementation of the method when it is called.
@@ -213,7 +195,7 @@ Functions matching this signature are called when the method is invoked.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_MethodCallProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        Tcl_ObjectContext \fIobjectContext\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
@@ -234,7 +216,7 @@ through a new method being created or because the object or class is deleted.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_MethodDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument to a Tcl_MethodDeleteProc will be the same as
@@ -248,8 +230,8 @@ class is copied using \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR (or \fBoo::copy\fR).
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        void *\fIoldClientData\fR,
-        void **\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
+        ClientData \fIoldClientData\fR,
+        ClientData *\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
-.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter. 
 .\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
 (\fIq.v.\fR).
 .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
 Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
 and \fIobjProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
 the return code is TCL_OK.
 .AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
 A function to push.
-.AP void *data0 in
-.AP void *data1 in
-.AP void *data2 in
-.AP void *data3 in
+.AP ClientData data0 in
+.AP ClientData data1 in
+.AP ClientData data2 in
+.AP ClientData data3 in
 \fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
 to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
 .BE
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ a message as the interpreter's result.
 .CS
 typedef int
 \fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
-        \fBvoid *\fR \fIdata\fR[],
+        \fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIresult\fR);
 .CE
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ stack, to evalute a script:
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
-    void *clientData,
+    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
-    void *clientData,
+    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
-    void *clientData,
+    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ int
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
-    void *data[],
+    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
 {
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The interpreter in which the namespace exists and where name lookups
 are performed. Also where error result messages are written.
 .AP "const char" *name in
 The name of the namespace or command to be created or accessed.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 A context pointer by the creator of the namespace.  Not interpreted by
 Tcl at all.
 .AP Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ the global namespace.)
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_NamespaceDeleteProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DeleteNamespace\fR deletes a namespace, calling the
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Tcl_ThreadId
 void
 \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR(\fIdeleteProc, clientData\fR)
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR()
 .sp
 void
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Procedure to invoke to prepare for event wait in \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR.
 Procedure for \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to invoke after waiting for
 events.  Checks to see if any events have occurred and, if so,
 queues them.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIsetupProc\fR, \fIcheckProc\fR, or
 \fIdeleteProc\fR.
 .AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is NULL, it means there is no maximum wait time:  wait forever if
 necessary.
 .AP Tcl_Event *evPtr in
 An event to add to the event queue.  The storage for the event must
-have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
+have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_QueuePosition position in
 Where to add the new event in the queue:  \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR,
 \fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, or \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR.
@@ -132,17 +132,22 @@ higher-level software that they have occurred.  The procedures
 and \fBTcl_SetMaxBlockTime\fR, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, and
 \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR are used primarily by event sources.
 .IP [2]
-The event queue: there is a single queue for each thread containing
-a Tcl interpreter, containing events that have been detected but not
-yet serviced.  Event sources place events onto the queue so that they
-may be processed in order at appropriate times during the event loop.
-The event queue guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that
-no event source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be
-saved for servicing at a future time.
+The event queue: for non-threaded applications,
+there is a single queue for the whole application,
+containing events that have been detected but not yet serviced.  Event
+sources place events onto the queue so that they may be processed in
+order at appropriate times during the event loop. The event queue
+guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that no event
+source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be saved for
+servicing at a future time.  Threaded applications work in a
+similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
+each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
 \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
-by event sources) to add events to the current thread's event queue and
+by event sources) to add events to the event queue and
 \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
-processing them.
+processing them.  In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds
+an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR
+adds an event to a queue in a specific thread.
 .IP [3]
 The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
 enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event
@@ -225,7 +230,7 @@ the event source.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_EventSetupProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fIflags\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -303,7 +308,7 @@ following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_EventCheckProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        int \fIflags\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -394,11 +399,15 @@ of window events.
 When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
 event from the event queue and free its storage.
 Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
-the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
+the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
 before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
 will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
 .PP
-Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds an event to the current thread's queue.
+Threaded applications work in a
+similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
+each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
+Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR in a multithreaded application adds
+an event to the current thread's queue.
 To add an event to another thread's queue, use \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR.
 \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR accepts as an argument a Tcl_ThreadId argument,
 which uniquely identifies a thread in a Tcl application.  To obtain the
@@ -419,7 +428,7 @@ queue.  \fIProc\fR should match the following prototype:
 .CS
 typedef int \fBTcl_EventDeleteProc\fR(
        Tcl_Event *\fIevPtr\fR,
-        void *\fIclientData\fR);
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -489,7 +498,8 @@ under Unix it happens when \fBTcl_WaitForEvent\fR would have waited
 forever because there were no active event sources and the timeout was
 infinite.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used to allow any thread to
+\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used in multithreaded applications to allow
+any thread to
 .QW "wake up"
 the notifier to alert it to new events on its
 queue.  \fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR requires as an argument the notifier
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ which is defined as follows.
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
-    size_t \fIrefCount\fR;
+    int \fIrefCount\fR;
    char *\fIbytes\fR;
-    size_t \fIlength\fR;
+    int \fIlength\fR;
    const Tcl_ObjType *\fItypePtr\fR;
    union {
        long \fIlongValue\fR;
@@ -85,12 +85,14 @@ unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
 Otherwise, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
 Passing a NULL \fIinterp\fR allows this procedure to be used
 as a test whether the conversion can be done (and in fact was done).
+.VS 8.5
 .PP
 In many cases, the \fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine will
 set \fIobjPtr->typePtr\fR to the argument value \fItypePtr\fR,
 but that is no longer guaranteed.  The \fIsetFromAnyProc\fR is
 free to set the internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR to make
 use of another related Tcl_ObjType, if it sees fit.
+.VE 8.5
 .SH "THE TCL_OBJTYPE STRUCTURE"
 .PP
 Extension writers can define new value types by defining four
@@ -184,8 +186,8 @@ to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
 These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
 for the string representation, same as one would do for other
 Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
-Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
-Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
+Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
+or \fBckalloc\fR.  Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
 enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.
 .PP
 The \fIupdateStringProc\fR for Tcl's built-in double type, for example,
@@ -53,28 +53,28 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_Read\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_GetsObj\fR(\fIchannel, lineObjPtr\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_Gets\fR(\fIchannel, lineRead\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_Ungets\fR(\fIchannel, input, inputLen, addAtEnd\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_WriteObj\fR(\fIchannel, writeObjPtr\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR(\fIchannel, charBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_Write\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_WriteRaw\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ input of the invoking process; likewise for \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and
 redirect stdio handles to override the stdio handles for which
 \fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and \fBTCL_STDERR\fR have been set.  If it
 is set, then such redirections cause an error.
-.AP void *handle in
+.AP ClientData handle in
 Operating system specific handle for I/O to a file. For Unix this is a
 file descriptor, for Windows it is a HANDLE.
 .AP int readOrWrite in
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ from a procedure such as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *readObjPtr in/out
 A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the characters read from the
 channel.
-.AP size_t charsToRead in
+.AP int charsToRead in
 The number of characters to read from the channel.  If the channel's encoding
 is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the
 channel.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ If non-zero, data read from the channel will be appended to the value.
 Otherwise, the data will replace the existing contents of the value.
 .AP char *readBuf out
 A buffer in which to store the bytes read from the channel.
-.AP size_t bytesToRead in
+.AP int bytesToRead in
 The number of bytes to read from the channel.  The buffer \fIreadBuf\fR must
 be large enough to hold this many bytes.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *lineObjPtr in/out
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ channel.  Must have been initialized by the caller.  The line read will be
 appended to any data already in the dynamic string.
 .AP "const char" *input in
 The input to add to a channel buffer.
-.AP size_t inputLen in
+.AP int inputLen in
 Length of the input
 .AP int addAtEnd in
 Flag indicating whether the input should be added to the end or
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ A pointer to a Tcl value whose contents will be output to the channel.
 A buffer containing the characters to output to the channel.
 .AP "const char" *byteBuf in
 A buffer containing the bytes to output to the channel.
-.AP size_t bytesToWrite in
+.AP int bytesToWrite in
 The number of bytes to consume from \fIcharBuf\fR or \fIbyteBuf\fR and
 output to the channel.
 .AP Tcl_WideInt offset in
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ If an error occurs while opening the channel, \fBTcl_OpenCommandChannel\fR
 returns NULL and records a POSIX error code that can be retrieved with
 \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR.
 In addition, \fBTcl_OpenCommandChannel\fR leaves an error message in
-the interpreter's result. \fIinterp\fR cannot be NULL.
+the interpreter's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL.
 .PP
 The newly created channel is not registered in the supplied interpreter; to
 register it, use \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR, described below.
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ If nonzero, the client socket is connected asynchronously to the server.
 .AP "unsigned int" flags in
 ORed combination of \fBTCL_TCPSERVER\fR flags that specify additional
 informations about the socket being created.
-.AP void *sock in
+.AP ClientData sock in
 Platform-specific handle for client TCP socket.
 .AP Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *proc in
 Pointer to a procedure to invoke each time a new connection is
 accepted via the socket.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ the channel. \fIProc\fR must match the following prototype:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_TcpAcceptProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Channel \fIchannel\fR,
        char *\fIhostName\fR,
        int \fIport\fR);
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .BS
 '\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
+Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -18,9 +18,6 @@ void
 void
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
 .sp
-void
-\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
-.sp
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
 .AP "const char*" format in
@@ -50,18 +47,10 @@ In a freshly loaded Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR prints the formatted
 error message to the standard error file of the process, and then
 calls \fBabort\fR to terminate the process.  \fBTcl_Panic\fR does not
 return. On Windows, when a debugger is running, the formatted error
-message is sent to the debugger instead. If the windows executable
+message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
 does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
 system dialog box is used to display the panic message.
 .PP
-If your application doesn't use \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR
-and you want to implicitly use the stderr channel of your
-application's C runtime (instead of the stderr channel of the
-C runtime used by Tcl), you can call \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR
-with \fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR as its argument. On platforms which
-only have one C runtime (almost all platforms except Windows)
-\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR is equivalent to NULL.
-.PP
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR may be used to modify the behavior of
 \fBTcl_Panic\fR.  The \fIpanicProc\fR argument should match the
 type \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR:
@@ -83,15 +72,11 @@ The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
 to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
 application or the platform.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used safely by stub-enabled extensions, so its
-symbol is not included in the stub table.
-.PP
 Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
 the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
 by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
 have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
 will be displayed.
-.PP
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The array of arguments to be parsed.
 Pointer to a variable that will hold the array of unprocessed arguments.
 Should be NULL if no return of unprocessed arguments is required. If
 \fIobjcPtr\fR is updated to a non-zero value, the array returned through this
-must be deallocated using \fBTcl_Free\fR.
+must be deallocated using \fBckfree\fR.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
    void *\fIsrcPtr\fR;
    void *\fIdstPtr\fR;
    const char *\fIhelpStr\fR;
-    void *\fIclientData\fR;
+    ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
 } \fBTcl_ArgvInfo\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ the argument's value. The following values are acceptable values for
 \fBTCL_ARGV_CONSTANT\fR
 .
 The argument does not take any following value argument. If this argument is
-present, the (integer) value of the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the variable
-pointed to by the \fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
+present, the int pointed to by the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the
+\fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_ARGV_END\fR
 .
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ have the following signature:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvFuncProc\fR)(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR,
        void *\fIdstPtr\fR);
 .CE
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function will have the following signature:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvGenFuncProc\fR)(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
        Tcl_Obj *const *\fIobjv\fR,
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
 typedef struct Tcl_Token {
    int \fItype\fR;
    const char *\fIstart\fR;
-    size_t \fIsize\fR;
-    size_t \fInumComponents\fR;
+    int \fIsize\fR;
+    int \fInumComponents\fR;
 } \fBTcl_Token\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_Preserve, Tcl_Release, Tcl_EventuallyFree \- avoid freeing storage while it
 \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR(\fIclientData, freeProc\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_FreeProc clientData
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Token describing structure to be freed or reallocated.  Usually a pointer
 to memory for structure.
 .AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ reasons, but the value is the same.
 .PP
 When the \fIclientData\fR argument to \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR
 refers to storage allocated and returned by a prior call to
-\fBTcl_Alloc\fR or another function of the Tcl library,
+\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBckalloc\fR, or another function of the Tcl library,
 then the \fIfreeProc\fR argument should be given the special value of
 \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR.
 .PP
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ identifies the beginning of the larger string.
 If it is not the same as \fItext\fR, then no
 .QW \fB^\fR
 matches will be allowed.
-.AP size_t index in
+.AP int index in
 Specifies which range is desired:  0 means the range of the entire
 match, 1 or greater means the range that matched a parenthesized
 sub-expression.
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ OR-ed combination of the compilation flags \fBTCL_REG_ADVANCED\fR,
 \fBTCL_REG_QUOTE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOCASE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NEWLINE\fR,
 \fBTCL_REG_NLSTOP\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NLANCH\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOSUB\fR, and
 \fBTCL_REG_CANMATCH\fR. See below for more information.
-.AP size_t offset in
+.AP int offset in
 The character offset into the text where matching should begin.
 The value of the offset has no impact on \fB^\fR matches.  This
 behavior is controlled by \fIeflags\fR.
-.AP size_t nmatches in
+.AP int nmatches in
 The number of matching subexpressions that should be remembered for
 later use.  If this value is 0, then no subexpression match
-information will be computed.  If the value is TCL_INDEX_NONE, then
+information will be computed.  If the value is \-1, then
 all of the matching subexpressions will be remembered.  Any other
 value will be taken as the maximum number of subexpressions to
 remember.
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ defined as follows:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_RegExpInfo {
-    size_t \fInsubs\fR;
+    int \fInsubs\fR;
    Tcl_RegExpIndices *\fImatches\fR;
-    size_t \fIextendStart\fR;
+    long \fIextendStart\fR;
 } \fBTcl_RegExpInfo\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ follows:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef struct Tcl_RegExpIndices {
-    size_t \fIstart\fR;
-    size_t \fIend\fR;
+    long \fIstart\fR;
+    long \fIend\fR;
 } \fBTcl_RegExpIndices\fR;
 .CE
 .PP
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 '\"
 '\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 '\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Coulter.
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -10,9 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
-Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
-state of an an interpreter.
+Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,53 +30,91 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-The interpreter for the operation.
+Interpreter for which state should be saved.
 .AP int status in
-The return code for the state.
+Return code value to save as part of interpreter state.
 .AP Tcl_InterpState state in
-A token for saved state.
+Saved state token to be restored or discarded.
 .AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
-A pointer to storage for saved state.
+Pointer to location where interpreter result should be saved or restored.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines save the state of an interpreter before a call to a routine such
-as \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and restore the state afterwards.
+These routines allows a C procedure to take a snapshot of the current
+state of an interpreter so that it can be restored after a call
+to \fBTcl_Eval\fR or some other routine that modifies the interpreter
+state.  There are two triplets of routines meant to work together.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR saves the parts of \fIinterp\fR that comprise the
-result of a script, including the resulting value, the return code passed as
-\fIstatus\fR, and any options such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR.
-It returns a token for the saved state.  The interpreter result is not reset
-and no interpreter state is changed.
+The first triplet stores the snapshot of interpreter state in
+an opaque token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.  That token
+value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
+or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
+state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
+is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR restores the state indicated by \fIstate\fR and
-returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to
-\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.
+The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
+result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
+These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
+that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
+\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
+procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
+information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
+\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
 .PP
-If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called
-to release it.  A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
-again.
+Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
+a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
+any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
+The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
+and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
+of existing programs that may already be using them.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are
-deprecated.  Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more
-capable.
+\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
+interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
+This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
+as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
+\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
+This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
+The call to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR does not itself change the
+state of the interpreter.  Unlike \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, it does
+not reset the interpreter.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location
-\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial
-state.  It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
-\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR accepts a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token
+previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR and restores the
+state of the interp to the state held in that snapshot.  The return
+value of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR is the status value originally
+passed to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when the snapshot token was
+created.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
-moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR.  \fIstatePtr\fR is
-then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
+\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR is called to release a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR
+token previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when that
+snapshot is not to be restored to an interp.
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
+must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
+or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak.  Once
+the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
+token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and value results
+of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR and
+leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR moves the string and value results from
+\fIstatePtr\fR back into \fIinterp\fR.  Any result or error that was
+already in the interpreter will be cleared.  The \fIstatePtr\fR is left
+in an uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is
-then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the saved interpreter state
+stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
+uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
 .PP
-If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to
-release it.
+Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
+result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
+memory associated with the saved state.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 result, state, interp
@@ -5,11 +5,11 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult \- manipulate Tcl result
+Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -28,9 +28,13 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, code, targetInterp\fR)
+.VS 8.6
+\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, result, targetInterp\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
+.sp
+\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_FreeProc sourceInterp out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
@@ -51,11 +55,18 @@ Address of procedure to call to release storage at
 An argument list which must have been initialized using
 \fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *sourceInterp in
-Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred from.
+.VS 8.6
+Interpreter that the result and error information should be copied from.
+.VE 8.6
 .AP Tcl_Interp *targetInterp in
-Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred to.
-.AP int code in
-Return code value that controls transfer of return options.
+.VS 8.6
+Interpreter that the result and error information should be copied to.
+.VE 8.6
+.AP int result in
+.VS 8.6
+If \fBTCL_OK\fR, only copy the result. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, copy the error
+information as well.
+.VE 8.6
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -139,14 +150,12 @@ extensions.
 Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
 call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR
-to \fItargetInterp\fR. The two interpreters must have been created in the
-same thread.  If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same,
-nothing is done. Otherwise, \fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves the result
-from \fIsourceInterp\fR to \fItargetInterp\fR, and resets the result
-in \fIsourceInterp\fR. It also moves the return options dictionary as
-controlled by the return code value \fIcode\fR in the same manner
-as \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.
+.VS 8.6
+\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
+optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
+information dictionary as well. The interpreters must be in the same thread.
+The source interpreter will have its result reset by this operation.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "DEPRECATED INTERFACES"
 .SS "OLD STRING PROCEDURES"
 .PP
@@ -175,6 +184,14 @@ single character
 or ends in the characters
 .QW " {" )
 then no space is added.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
+of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
+It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
+It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
+change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
+\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
+is about to replace one result value with another.
 .SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
@@ -215,7 +232,6 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
 When \fIfreeProc\fR is called, its \fIblockPtr\fR will be set to
 the value of \fIresult\fR passed to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp,
-Tcl_GetReturnOptions
+Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp
 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, command, element, list, value, result, return value, interpreter
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ int
 char *
 \fBTcl_Merge\fR(\fIargc, argv\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_ScanElement\fR(\fIsrc, flagsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_ScanCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, flagsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR(\fIsrc, dst, flags\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_ConvertCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, dst, flags\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const char *const" ***argvPtr out
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ String that is to become an element of a list.
 .AP int *flagsPtr in
 Pointer to word to fill in with information about \fIsrc\fR.
 The value of *\fIflagsPtr\fR must be passed to \fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR.
-.AP size_t length in
+.AP int length in
 Number of bytes in string \fIsrc\fR.
 .AP char *dst in
 Place to copy converted list element.  Must contain enough characters
@@ -64,9 +64,6 @@ the event of an error it should set the interpreter's result to point to an
 error message.  The result or error from the initialization procedure will
 be returned as the result of the \fBload\fR command that caused the
 initialization procedure to be invoked.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be safely used by stub-enabled extensions,
-so its symbol is not included in the stub table.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 initialization procedure, package, static linking
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
@@ -87,29 +87,29 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
 used to set or append to a string value.
 This byte array may contain embedded null characters
-unless \fInumChars\fR is TCL_AUTO_LENGTH.  (Applications needing null bytes
-should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e300\e200\fR, use
+unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.  (Applications needing null bytes
+should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e700\e600\fR, use
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
 the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
-.AP size_t length in
+.AP int length in
 The number of bytes to copy from \fIbytes\fR when
 initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
-If TCL_AUTO_LENGTH, all bytes up to the first null are used.
+If negative, all bytes up to the first null are used.
 .AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *unicode in
 Points to the first byte of an array of Unicode characters
 used to set or append to a string value.
 This byte array may contain embedded null characters
 unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.
-.AP size_t numChars in
+.AP int numChars in
 The number of Unicode characters to copy from \fIunicode\fR when
 initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
-If TCL_AUTO_LENGTH, all characters up to the first null character are used.
-.AP size_t index in
+If negative, all characters up to the first null character are used.
+.AP int index in
 The index of the Unicode character to return.
-.AP size_t first in
+.AP int first in
 The index of the first Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
 returned as a new value.
-.AP size_t last in
+.AP int last in
 The index of the last Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
 returned as a new value.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Null-terminated string value to append to \fIobjPtr\fR.
 .AP va_list argList in
 An argument list which must have been initialized using
 \fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
-.AP size_t limit in
+.AP int limit in
 Maximum number of bytes to be appended.
 .AP "const char" *ellipsis in
 Suffix to append when the limit leads to string truncation.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Format control string including % conversion specifiers.
 The number of elements to format or concatenate.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objv[] in
 The array of values to format or concatenate.
-.AP size_t newLength in
+.AP int newLength in
 New length for the string value of \fIobjPtr\fR, not including the
 final null character.
 .BE
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ and the Tcl \fBmemory\fR command can be used to validate and examine
 memory usage.
 .SH "GUARD ZONES"
 .PP
-When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR is
+When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBckalloc\fR is
 made, slightly more memory than requested is allocated so the memory
 debugging code can keep track of the allocated memory, and eight-byte
 .QW "guard zones"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ C #define \fBLOW_GUARD_SIZE\fR and #define \fBHIGH_GUARD_SIZE\fR
 in the file \fIgeneric/tclCkalloc.c\fR \(em it can
 be extended if you suspect large overwrite problems, at some cost in
 performance.)  A known pattern is written into the guard zones and, on
-a call to \fBTcl_Free\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
+a call to \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
 checked to see if either zone has been modified in any way.  If one
 has been, the guard bytes and their new contents are identified, and a
 .QW "low guard failed"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ or
 message is issued.  The
 .QW "guard failed"
 message includes the address of the memory packet and
-the file name and line number of the code that called \fBTcl_Free\fR.
+the file name and line number of the code that called \fBckfree\fR.
 This allows you to detect the common sorts of one-off problems, where
 not enough space was allocated to contain the data written, for
 example.
@@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ suspect (or know) that corruption is occurring before the Tcl
 interpreter comes up far enough for you to issue commands, you can set
 \fBMEM_VALIDATE\fR define, recompile tclCkalloc.c and rebuild Tcl.
 This will enable memory validation from the first call to
-\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
+\fBckalloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
 .PP
 If you are desperate and validating memory on every call to
-\fBTcl_Alloc\fR and \fBTcl_Free\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
+\fBckalloc\fR and \fBckfree\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
 \fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR directly at any point.  It takes a \fIchar
 *\fR and an \fIint\fR which are normally the filename and line number
 of the caller, but they can actually be anything you want.  Remember
 to remove the calls after you find the problem.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-Tcl_Alloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
+ckalloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
 .SH KEYWORDS
 memory, debug
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ First, the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into \fIwords\fR
 and performs substitutions as described below.
 These substitutions are performed in the same way for all
 commands.
-Secondly, the first word is used to locate a routine to
-carry out the command, and the remaining words of the command are
-passed to that routine.
-The routine is free to interpret each of its words
+Secondly, the first word is used to locate a command procedure to
+carry out the command, then all of the words of the command are
+passed to the command procedure.
+The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words
 in any way it likes, such as an integer, variable name, list,
 or Tcl script.
 Different commands interpret their words differently.
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The initial value for the checksum algorithm.
 .AP "unsigned char" *bytes in
 An array of bytes to run the checksum algorithm over, or NULL to get the
 recommended initial value for the checksum algorithm.
-.AP size_t length in
+.AP int length in
 The number of bytes in the array.
 .AP int mode in
 What mode to operate the stream in. Should be either
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ if the currently compressed data must be made available for access using
 into a state where the decompressor can recover from on corruption, or
 \fBTCL_ZLIB_FINALIZE\fR to ensure that the stream is finished and that any
 trailer demanded by the format is written.
-.AP size_t count in
-The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or TCL_AUTO_LENGTH to get
-all remaining bytes from the stream's buffers.
+.AP int count in
+The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or -1 to get all remaining
+bytes from the stream's buffers.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *compDict in
 A byte array value that is the compression dictionary to use with the stream.
 Note that this is \fInot a Tcl dictionary\fR, and it is recommended that this
@@ -189,8 +189,6 @@ procedure (if any) returns.  In non-interactive mode, after
 \fBTcl_Main\fR evaluates the startup script, and the main loop
 procedure (if any) returns, \fBTcl_Main\fR will also evaluate
 the \fBexit\fR command.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_Main\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 tclsh(1), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3), Tcl_AppInit(3),
 exit(n), encoding(n)
@@ -45,9 +45,7 @@ int
 .AP Tcl_Condition *condPtr in
 A condition variable, which must be associated with a mutex lock.
 .AP Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr in
-.VS TIP509
-A recursive mutex lock.
-.VE TIP509
+A mutex lock.
 .AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
 A time limit on the condition wait.  NULL to wait forever.
 Note that a polling value of 0 seconds does not make much sense.
@@ -67,7 +65,7 @@ Id of the thread waited upon.
 .AP Tcl_ThreadCreateProc *proc in
 This procedure will act as the \fBmain()\fR of the newly created
 thread. The specified \fIclientData\fR will be its sole argument.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary information. Passed as sole argument to the \fIproc\fR.
 .AP int stackSize in
 The size of the stack given to the new thread.
@@ -142,12 +140,8 @@ of code by calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR.
 If one thread holds a mutex, any other thread calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR will
 block until \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR is called.
 A mutex can be destroyed after its use by calling \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR.
-.VS TIP509
-Mutexes are reentrant: they can be locked several times from the same
-thread. However there must be exactly one call to
-\fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR for each call to \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR in order
-for a thread to release a mutex completely.
-.VE TIP509
+The result of locking a mutex twice from the same thread is undefined.
+On some platforms it will result in a deadlock.
 The \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR, \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR
 procedures are defined as empty macros if not compiling with threads enabled.
 For declaration of mutexes the \fBTCL_DECLARE_MUTEX\fR macro should be used.
@@ -208,7 +202,7 @@ value and then finishes.
 .CS
 static \fBTcl_ThreadCreateType\fR
 MyThreadImplFunc(
-    void *clientData)
+    ClientData clientData)
 {
    int i, limit = (int) clientData;
    for (i=0 ; i<limit ; i++) {
@@ -223,7 +217,7 @@ would do this:
 .PP
 .CS
 int limit = 1000000000;
-void *limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
+ClientData limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
 Tcl_ThreadId id;    \fI/* holds identity of thread created */\fR
 int result;

@@ -78,5 +78,11 @@ turns each character in the string into its lower-case equivalent.
 turns the first character in the string into its title-case equivalent
 and all following characters into their lower-case equivalents.

+.SH BUGS
+.PP
+At this time, the case conversions are only defined for the ISO8859-1
+characters.  Unicode characters above 0x00ff are not modified by these
+routines.
+
 .SH KEYWORDS
 utf, unicode, toupper, tolower, totitle, case
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames an
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo(\fIinterp, cmdName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
 .sp
 int
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ OR'ed collection of the values \fBTCL_TRACE_RENAME\fR and
 \fBTCL_TRACE_DELETE\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CommandTraceProc *proc in
 Procedure to call when specified operations occur to \fIcmdName\fR.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary argument to pass to \fIproc\fR.
-.AP void *prevClientData in
+.AP ClientData prevClientData in
 If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo\fR,
 so this call will return information about next trace.  If NULL, this
 call will return information about first trace.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        const char *\fIoldName\fR,
        const char *\fInewName\fR,
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
 .PP
 The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will have the same
 values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceCommand\fR when the trace was
-created.  \fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
+created.  \fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
 data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR is invoked.
 \fIOldName\fR gives the name of the command being renamed, and
 \fInewName\fR gives the name that the command is being renamed to (or
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ int
 .sp
 \fBTcl_UntraceVar2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, clientData\fB)\fR
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo(\fIinterp, varName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
 .sp
-void *
+ClientData
 \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS void *prevClientData
+.AS Tcl_VarTraceProc prevClientData
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter containing variable.
 .AP "const char" *varName in
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Not all flags are used by all
 procedures.  See below for more information.
 .AP Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc in
 Procedure to invoke whenever one of the traced operations occurs.
-.AP void *clientData in
+.AP ClientData clientData in
 Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
 .AP "const char" *name1 in
 Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
 For a trace on an element of an array, gives the index of the
 element.  For traces on scalar variables or on whole arrays,
 is NULL.
-.AP void *prevClientData in
+.AP ClientData prevClientData in
 If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo\fR or
 \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2\fR, so this call will return information about
 next trace.  If NULL, this call will return information about first
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ before an array set, but that will trigger write traces.
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR
 The result of invoking the \fIproc\fR is a dynamically allocated
 string that will be released by the Tcl library via a call to
-\fBTcl_Free\fR.  Must not be specified at the same time as
+\fBckfree\fR.  Must not be specified at the same time as
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ It should have arguments and result that match the type
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
-        void *\fIclientData\fR,
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
        char *\fIname1\fR,
        char *\fIname2\fR,
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
 The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will
 have the same values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceVar\fR when the
 trace was created.
-\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
+\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
 data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR
 is invoked.
 \fIName1\fR and \fIname2\fR give the name of the traced variable
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ The return value must be a pointer to a static character string
 containing an error message,
 unless (\fIexactly\fR one of) the \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR and
 \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR flags is set, which specify that the result is
-either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBTcl_Free\fR) or a
+either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBckfree\fR) or a
 Tcl_Obj* (cast to char* and to be released with
 \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR) containing the error message.
 If a trace procedure returns an error, no further traces are
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ trace procedures will always be invoked.
 .SH "RESTRICTIONS"
 .PP
 A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
-are partially formed results stored in the interpreter.  If
+is a partially formed result in the interpreter's result area.  If
 the trace procedure does anything that could damage this result (such
-as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must use the \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
-and related routines to save and restore the original state of
-the interpreter before it returns.
+as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must save the original values of
+the interpreter's \fBresult\fR and \fBfreeProc\fR fields and restore
+them before it returns.
 .SH "UNDEFINED VARIABLES"
 .PP
 It is legal to set a trace on an undefined variable.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UtfToChar16, Tcl_UtfToWChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_WCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToWCharDString, Tcl_Char16ToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToChar16DString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings
+Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -21,47 +21,29 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR(\fIsrc, chPtr\fR)
 .sp
-int
-\fBTcl_UtfToChar16\fR(\fIsrc, uPtr\fR)
-.sp
-int
-\fBTcl_UtfToWChar\fR(\fIsrc, wPtr\fR)
-.sp
 char *
 \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIuniStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-char *
-\fBTcl_Char16ToUtfDString\fR(\fIuStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
-char *
-\fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIwStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
 Tcl_UniChar *
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-unsigned short *
-\fBTcl_UtfToChar16DString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
-wchar_t *
-\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
+\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
+\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UniCharCaseMatch\fR(\fIuniStr, uniPattern, nocase\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
+\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
+\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR)
@@ -87,21 +69,17 @@ int
 const char *
 \fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
 .sp
-size_t
+int
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
 .AP char *buf out
 Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
-4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
+\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 .AP int ch in
 The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
 .AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
 Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
-.AP unsigned short *uPtr out
-Filled with the utf-16 represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
-.AP wchar_t *wPtr out
-Filled with the wchar_t represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const char" *src in
 Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const char" *cs in
@@ -116,27 +94,26 @@ A null-terminated Unicode string.
 A null-terminated Unicode string.
 .AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in
 A null-terminated Unicode string.
-.AP "const unsigned short" *uStr in
-A null-terminated UTF-16 string.
-.AP "const wchar_t" *wStr in
-A null-terminated wchar_t string.
-.AP size_t length in
+.AP int length in
 The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters).  If
 negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
-.AP size_t uniLength in
-The length of the Unicode string in characters.
+.AP int uniLength in
+The length of the Unicode string in characters.  Must be greater than or
+equal to 0.
 .AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
 A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
+.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
+The number of characters to compare.
 .AP "const char" *start in
 Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
-.AP size_t index in
+.AP int index in
 The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
 .AP int *readPtr out
 If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
 including the backslash character.
 .AP char *dst out
 Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored.
-At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
+At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 .AP int nocase in
 Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
 case-insensitive (1).
@@ -144,21 +121,18 @@ case-insensitive (1).

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode/Utf-16 characters.
-A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as a varying-length
-sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8 sequence
-consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
+These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Tcl_UniChars.  A
+Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
+quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
+a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
+sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
 .PP
 \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
 represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
+\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
 in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
-in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is a high surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
-the return value will be 1 and a single byte in the range 0xF0 - 0xF4
-will be stored. If you still want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even
-though knowing it's an illegal code-point on its own), just call
-\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again specifying ch = -1.
+in \fIbuf\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
 and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
@@ -170,11 +144,12 @@ a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
 cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
 and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
 not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
-byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x00A0 and
-0x00FF and return 1.
+byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
+0x00ff and return 1.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
 to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
+You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
 The return value is a pointer to the UTF-8 representation of the
 Unicode string.  Storage for the return value is appended to the
 end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.
@@ -197,7 +172,7 @@ the number of Unicode characters (not bytes) in that string.
 \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR and \fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR correspond to
 \fBstrncmp\fR and \fBstrncasecmp\fR, respectively, for Unicode characters.
 They accept two null-terminated Unicode strings and the number of characters
-to compare.  Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIuniLength\fR characters
+to compare.  Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR characters
 long. \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR  compares the two strings character-by-character
 according to the Unicode character ordering.  It returns an integer greater
 than, equal to, or less than 0 if the first string is greater than, equal
@@ -211,7 +186,7 @@ be case sensitive and returns whether the string matches the pattern.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR corresponds to \fBstrncmp\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
 accepts two null-terminated UTF-8 strings and the number of characters
-to compare.  (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIlength\fR
+to compare.  (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR
 characters long.)  \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR compares the two strings
 character-by-character according to the Unicode character ordering.
 It returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0 if the
@@ -228,7 +203,7 @@ of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
 that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
 procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
-full Unicode character has been seen.
+full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
 returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
@@ -236,12 +211,12 @@ returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
 length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
-returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
+returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
 in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
 considered part of the UTF-8 string.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
-returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
+returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
 in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
 considered part of the UTF-8 string.
 .PP
@@ -263,18 +238,18 @@ return value will be \fIstart\fR.
 Pascal Ord() function.  It returns the Tcl_UniChar represented at the
 specified character (not byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string
 \fIsrc\fR.  The source string must contain at least \fIindex\fR
-characters.
+characters.  Behavior is undefined if a negative \fIindex\fR is given.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR returns a pointer to the specified character (not
 byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The source string must
 contain at least \fIindex\fR characters.  This is equivalent to calling
-\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times.  If \fIindex\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE,
+\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times.  If a negative \fIindex\fR is given,
 the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
 commands.  It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
 UTF-8 character represented by the backslash sequence in the output
-buffer \fIdst\fR.  At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
+buffer \fIdst\fR.  At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR modifies \fI*readPtr\fR to contain the number
 of bytes in the backslash sequence, including the backslash character.
 The return value is the number of bytes stored in the output buffer.
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH abstract n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-oo::abstract \- a class that does not allow direct instances of itself
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-package require TclOO
-
-\fBoo::abstract\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
-.fi
-.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
-.nf
-\fBoo::object\fR
-   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
-       \(-> \fBoo::abstract\fR
-.fi
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Abstract classes are classes that can contain definitions, but which cannot be
-directly manufactured; they are intended to only ever be inherited from and
-instantiated indirectly. The characteristic methods of \fBoo::class\fR
-(\fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR) are not exported by an instance of
-\fBoo::abstract\fR.
-.PP
-Note that \fBoo::abstract\fR is not itself an instance of \fBoo::abstract\fR.
-.SS CONSTRUCTOR
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
-means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
-\fBoo::class\fR class.
-.SS DESTRUCTOR
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
-destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
-will destroy all its subclasses).
-.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class defines no new exported methods.
-.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR,
-\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR, and \fBnew\fR are unexported.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.PP
-This example defines a simple class hierarchy and creates a new instance of
-it. It then invokes a method of the object before destroying the hierarchy and
-showing that the destruction is transitive.
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBoo::abstract\fR create fruit {
-    method eat {} {
-        puts "yummy!"
-    }
-}
-oo::class create banana {
-    superclass fruit
-    method peel {} {
-        puts "skin now off"
-    }
-}
-set b [banana \fBnew\fR]
-$b peel              \fI\(-> prints 'skin now off'\fR
-$b eat               \fI\(-> prints 'yummy!'\fR
-set f [fruit new]    \fI\(-> error 'unknown method "new"...'\fR
-.CE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-oo::define(n), oo::object(n)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-abstract class, class, metaclass, object
-.\" Local variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
@@ -20,11 +20,6 @@ Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
 of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
 it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
 \fIvalue\fR arguments.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
-a default value set, the concatenation of the default value and all the
-\fIvalue\fR arguments will be stored in the array element.
-.VE TIP508
 The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
 \fIvarName\fR.
 This command provides an efficient way to build up long
@@ -49,7 +44,6 @@ puts $var
 concat(n), lappend(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, variable
-.\" Local variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH array n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
@@ -36,53 +36,6 @@ with an empty name, since the return value from
 \fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
 has been completed.
 .TP
-\fBarray default \fIsubcommand arrayName args...\fR
-.VS TIP508
-Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
-value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
-returned when reading from an element of the array \fIarrayName\fR if the read
-would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
-\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
-relation to non-existing array elements.
-.RS
-.PP
-The \fIsubcommand\fR argument controls what exact operation will be performed
-on the default value of \fIarrayName\fR. Supported \fIsubcommand\fRs are:
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default exists \fIarrayName\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This returns a boolean value indicating whether a default value has been set
-for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Returns a false value if \fIarrayName\fR does
-not exist. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is
-not an array.
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default get \fIarrayName\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This returns the current default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR.  Raises
-an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not an array, or
-if \fIarrayName\fR is an array without a default value.
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default set \fIarrayName value\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This sets the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
-Returns the empty string. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing
-variable that is not an array, or if \fIarrayName\fR is an illegal name for an
-array. If \fIarrayName\fR does not currently exist, it is created as an empty
-array as well as having its default value set.
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default unset \fIarrayName\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This removes the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR and returns the
-empty string. Does nothing if \fIarrayName\fR does not have a default
-value. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not
-an array.
-.VE TIP508
-.RE
-.TP
 \fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
 This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
 state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
@@ -241,7 +194,3 @@ foreach color [lsort [\fBarray names\fR colorcount]] {
 list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 array, element names, search
-.\" Local variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
@@ -12,10 +12,12 @@
 .SH NAME
 binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
+.VS 8.6
 \fBbinary decode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
 .br
 \fBbinary encode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
 .br
+.VE 8.6
 \fBbinary format \fIformatString \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
 .br
 \fBbinary scan \fIstring formatString \fR?\fIvarName varName ...\fR?
@@ -29,9 +31,11 @@ architecture, it might produce an 8-byte binary string consisting of
 two 4-byte integers, one for each of the numbers.  The subcommand
 \fBbinary scan\fR, does the opposite: it extracts data
 from a binary string and returns it as ordinary Tcl string values.
+.VS 8.6
 The \fBbinary encode\fR and \fBbinary decode\fR subcommands convert
 binary data to or from string encodings such as base64 (used in MIME
 messages for example).
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 Note that other operations on binary data, such as taking a subsequence of it,
 getting its length, or reinterpreting it as a string in some encoding, are
@@ -40,6 +44,7 @@ done by other Tcl commands (respectively \fBstring range\fR,
 binary string in Tcl is merely one where all the characters it contains are in
 the range \eu0000\-\eu00FF.
 .SH "BINARY ENCODE AND DECODE"
+.VS 8.6
 .PP
 When encoding binary data as a readable string, the starting binary data is
 passed to the \fBbinary encode\fR command, together with the name of the
@@ -123,6 +128,7 @@ characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
 Note that neither the encoder nor the decoder handle the header and footer of
 the uuencode format.
 .RE
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "BINARY FORMAT"
 .PP
 The \fBbinary format\fR command generates a binary string whose layout
@@ -137,9 +143,7 @@ Most field specifiers consume one argument to obtain the value to be
 formatted.  The type character specifies how the value is to be
 formatted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of the
 specified type are taken from the value.  If present, the \fIcount\fR
-is a non-negative decimal integer or
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-which normally indicates
+is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which normally indicates
 that all of the items in the value are to be used.  If the number of
 arguments does not match the number of fields in the format string
 that consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
@@ -147,7 +151,6 @@ is ignored for \fBbinary format\fR.
 .PP
 Here is a small example to clarify the relation between the field
 specifiers and the arguments:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR d3d {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} 0.1
 .CE
@@ -175,63 +178,29 @@ not part of the ISO 8859\-1 character set.)
 If \fIarg\fR has fewer than \fIcount\fR bytes, then additional zero
 bytes are used to pad out the field.  If \fIarg\fR is longer than the
 specified length, the extra characters will be ignored.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
 formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one character will be
-formatted.  For example, the command:
+formatted.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a7a*a alpha bravo charlie
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-the command:
-.PP
+will return a string equivalent to \fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR,
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto utf-8 \eu20ac]
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\e342\e202\e254\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-(which is the
-UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character), and the command:
-.PP
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\e342\e202\e254\fR (which is the
+UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character) and
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto iso8859-15 \eu20ac]
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\e244\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-(which is the ISO
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\e244\fR (which is the ISO
 8859\-15 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character). Contrast these
 last two with:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a* \eu20ac
 .CE
-.PP
-which returns a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\e254\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-(i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
+which returns a string equivalent to \fB\e254\fR (i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
 truncating the high-bits of the character, and which is probably not
 what is desired.
 .RE
@@ -239,62 +208,42 @@ what is desired.
 This form is the same as \fBa\fR except that spaces are used for
 padding instead of nulls.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR A6A*A alpha bravo charlie
 .CE
-.PP
-will return
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBalpha bravoc\fR
-.CE
+will return \fBalpha bravoc\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBb\fR 5
 Stores a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in low-to-high order
-within each byte in the output binary string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
+within each byte in the output string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
 sequence of \fB1\fR and \fB0\fR characters.  The resulting bytes are
 emitted in first to last order with the bits being formatted in
 low-to-high order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR has fewer than
 \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the remaining bits.
 If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of digits, the extra
-digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the
+digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the
 digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted,
 then one digit will be formatted.  If the number of bits formatted
 does not end at a byte boundary, the remaining bits of the last byte
 will be zeros.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR b5b* 11100 111000011010
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBB\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBb\fR except that the bits are stored in
 high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR B5B* 11100 111000011010
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBH\fR 5
 Stores a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in high-to-low
-within each byte in the output binary string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
+within each byte in the output string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
 sequence of characters in the set
 .QW 0123456789abcdefABCDEF .
 The resulting bytes are emitted in first to last order with the hex digits
@@ -302,66 +251,43 @@ being formatted in high-to-low order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR
 has fewer than \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the
 remaining digits.  If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of
 digits, the extra digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If
+\fB*\fR, then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one digit will be formatted.  If the
 number of digits formatted does not end at a byte boundary, the
 remaining bits of the last byte will be zeros.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR H3H*H2 ab DEF 987
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBh\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBH\fR except that the digits are stored in
 low-to-high order within each byte. This is seldom required. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR h3h*h2 AB def 987
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBc\fR 5
 Stores one or more 8-bit integer values in the output string.  If no
 \fIcount\fR is specified, then \fIarg\fR must consist of an integer
 value. If \fIcount\fR is specified, \fIarg\fR must consist of a list
 containing at least that many integers. The low-order 8 bits of each integer
-are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
+are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position.  If \fIcount\fR
+is \fB*\fR, then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
 number of elements in the list is greater
 than \fIcount\fR, then the extra elements are ignored.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR c3cc* {3 -3 128 1} 260 {2 5}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-whereas:
-.PP
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR, whereas
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR c {2 5}
 .CE
-.PP
 will generate an error.
 .RE
 .IP \fBs\fR 5
@@ -371,32 +297,22 @@ low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
 the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBS\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
 16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBt\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
@@ -411,32 +327,22 @@ low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
 the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
+will return a string equivalent to
 \fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR
-.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBI\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
 or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
 For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
+will return a string equivalent to
 \fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR
-.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBn\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
@@ -452,24 +358,20 @@ low-order 64-bits of each integer are stored as an eight-byte value at
 the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR w 7810179016327718216
 .CE
-.PP
-will return the binary string \fBHelloTcl\fR.
+will return the string \fBHelloTcl\fR
 .RE
 .IP \fBW\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that it stores one or more one
 or more 64-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
 For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR Wc 4785469626960341345 110
 .CE
-.PP
-will return the binary string \fBBigEndian\fR
+will return the string \fBBigEndian\fR
 .RE
 .IP \fBm\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBw\fR) is the same as \fBw\fR
@@ -492,16 +394,11 @@ double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
 loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision.  For example,
 on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBr\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
@@ -518,16 +415,11 @@ or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
 representation in the output string.  For example, on a
 Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBq\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
@@ -540,37 +432,26 @@ This form is the same as \fBq\fR except that it stores the
 double-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
 .IP \fBx\fR 5
 Stores \fIcount\fR null bytes in the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is
-not specified, stores one null byte.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
+not specified, stores one null byte.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,
 generates an error.  This type does not consume an argument.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a3xa3x2a3 abc def ghi
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBX\fR 5
 Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in the output string.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR
-or is larger than the current cursor position,
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
 then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
 stored will be the first byte in the result string.  If \fIcount\fR is
 omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  This type does not
 consume an argument.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a3X*a3X2a3 abc def ghi
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fBdghi\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fB@\fR 5
@@ -579,22 +460,14 @@ specified by \fIcount\fR.  Position 0 refers to the first byte in the
 output string.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the last
 byte stored so far, then null bytes will be placed in the uninitialized
 locations and the cursor will be placed at the specified location.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then the cursor is moved to the current end of
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then the cursor is moved to the current end of
 the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be
 generated.  This type does not consume an argument. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a5@2a1@*a3@10a1 abcde f ghi j
 .CE
-.PP
-will return
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR
-.CE
+will return \fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR.
 .RE
 .SH "BINARY SCAN"
 .PP
@@ -616,9 +489,8 @@ argument to obtain the variable into which the scanned values should
 be placed.  The type character specifies how the binary data is to be
 interpreted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of
 the specified type are taken from the data.  If present, the
-\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-which normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
+\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which
+normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
 be used.  If there are not enough bytes left after the current cursor
 position to satisfy the current field specifier, then the
 corresponding variable is left untouched and \fBbinary scan\fR returns
@@ -632,7 +504,6 @@ is accepted for all field types but is ignored for non-integer fields.
 A similar example as with \fBbinary format\fR should explain the
 relation between field specifiers and arguments in case of the binary
 scan subcommand:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR $bytes s3s first second
 .CE
@@ -644,15 +515,12 @@ If \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 8 bytes (i.e. four 2-byte
 integers), no assignment to \fIsecond\fR will be made, and if
 \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 6 bytes (i.e. three 2-byte integers),
 no assignment to \fIfirst\fR will be made.  Hence:
-.PP
 .CS
 puts [\fBbinary scan\fR abcdefg s3s first second]
 puts $first
 puts $second
 .CE
-.PP
 will print (assuming neither variable is set previously):
-.PP
 .CS
 1
 25185 25699 26213
@@ -664,17 +532,14 @@ It is \fIimportant\fR to note that the \fBc\fR, \fBs\fR, and \fBS\fR
 long data size values.  In doing this, values that have their high
 bit set (0x80 for chars, 0x8000 for shorts, 0x80000000 for ints),
 will be sign extended.  Thus the following will occur:
-.PP
 .CS
 set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
 \fBbinary scan\fR $signShort s1 val; \fI# val == 0xFFFF8000\fR
 .CE
-.PP
 If you require unsigned values you can include the
 .QW u
 flag character following
 the field type. For example, to read an unsigned short value:
-.PP
 .CS
 set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
 \fBbinary scan\fR $signShort su1 val; \fI# val == 0x00008000\fR
@@ -685,9 +550,8 @@ reading bytes from the current position.  The cursor is initially
 at position 0 at the beginning of the data.  The type may be any one of
 the following characters:
 .IP \fBa\fR 5
-The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
+The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR.  If \fIcount\fR
+is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
 scanned into the variable.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
 byte will be scanned.
 All bytes scanned will be interpreted as being characters in the
@@ -696,30 +560,24 @@ needed if the string is not a binary string or a string encoded in ISO
 8859\-1.
 For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR abcde\e000fghi a6a10 var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with the string equivalent to \fBabcde\e000\fR
 stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fIvar2\fR left unmodified, and
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \e342\e202\e254 a* var1
 set var2 [encoding convertfrom utf-8 $var1]
 .CE
-.PP
 will store a Euro-currency character in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBA\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBa\fR, except trailing blanks and nulls are stripped from
 the scanned value before it is stored in the variable.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR "abc efghi  \e000" A* var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fBabc efghi\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBb\fR 5
@@ -730,16 +588,13 @@ and
 .QW 0
 characters.  The data bytes are scanned in first to last order with
 the bits being taken in low-to-high order within each byte.  Any extra
-bits in the last byte are ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+bits in the last byte are ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one bit will be scanned.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex87\ex05 b5b* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB1110000110100000\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -747,11 +602,9 @@ will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 This form is the same as \fBb\fR, except the bits are taken in
 high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex70\ex87\ex05 B5B* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB01110\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB1000011100000101\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -762,16 +615,13 @@ high-to-low order represented as a sequence of characters in the set
 The data bytes are scanned in first to last
 order with the hex digits being taken in high-to-low order within each
 byte. Any extra bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
+\fB*\fR, then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
 scanned. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one hex digit will be
 scanned. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\exC6\ex05\ex1f\ex34 H3H* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB051f34\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -779,11 +629,9 @@ will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 This form is the same as \fBH\fR, except the digits are taken in
 reverse (low-to-high) order within each byte. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05\ex12\ex34 h3h* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB706\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB502143\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .PP
@@ -792,151 +640,135 @@ multiple bytes in order should use the \fBH\fR format.
 .RE
 .IP \fBc\fR 5
 The data is turned into \fIcount\fR 8-bit signed integers and stored
-in the corresponding variable as a list, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBc\fR. If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
+in the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,
 then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 8-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05 c2c* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB7 -122\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB5\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless
-\fBcu\fR in place of \fBc\fR.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 8-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBs\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
-represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBs\fR.  The integers are stored in
-the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in
+the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 16-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex05\ex00\ex07\ex00\exf0\exff s2s* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless
-\fBsu\fR is used in place of \fBs\fR.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 16-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xffff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBS\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that the data is interpreted
-as \fIcount\fR 16-bit integers represented in big-endian byte
+as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
 order.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBt\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
 represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
-script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBt\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
+script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
 To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
 the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
 .IP \fBi\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
-represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBi\fR.  The integers are stored in
-the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in
+the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 32-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str i2i* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless
-\fBiu\fR is used in place of \fBi\fR.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 32-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xffffffff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBI\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBI\fR except that the data is interpreted
 as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
-order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBI\fR.  For example,
+order.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str I2I* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBn\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
 represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
-script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBn\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
+script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
 To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
 the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
 .IP \fBw\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
-represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBw\fR.  The integers are stored in
-the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in
+the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 64-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str wi* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB30064771077\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
-\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
+\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are
+signed and cannot be represented by Tcl as unsigned values.
 .RE
 .IP \fBW\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that the data is interpreted
 as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
-order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBW\fR.  For example,
+order.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str WI* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB21474836487\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBm\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
 represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
-script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBm\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
+script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
 To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
 the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
 .IP \fBf\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point
 numbers in the machine's native representation.  The floating point
 numbers are stored in the corresponding variable as a list.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in
 \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
 single-precision floating point number will be scanned.  The size of a
 floating point number may vary across architectures, so the number of
@@ -945,11 +777,9 @@ valid floating point number, the resulting value is undefined and
 compiler dependent.  For example, on a Windows system running on an
 Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex3f\excc\excc\excd f var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000238418579\fR stored in
 \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
@@ -969,11 +799,9 @@ as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point numbers in the
 machine's native representation. For example, on a Windows system
 running on an Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f d var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000000000001\fR
 stored in \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
@@ -989,36 +817,28 @@ order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
 using IEEE floating point representations.
 .IP \fBx\fR 5
 Moves the cursor forward \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR
-or is larger than the number of bytes after the
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the number of bytes after the
 current cursor position, then the cursor is positioned after
 the last byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then the
 cursor is moved forward one byte.  Note that this type does not
 consume an argument.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 x2H* var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fB0304\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBX\fR 5
 Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR
-or is larger than the current cursor position,
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
 then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
 scanned will be the first byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR
 is omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  Note that this
 type does not consume an argument.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2XH* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -1029,11 +849,9 @@ by \fIcount\fR.  Note that position 0 refers to the first byte in
 \fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be generated.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2@1H* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH callback n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-callback, mymethod \- generate callbacks to methods
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-package require TclOO
-
-\fBcallback\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
-\fBmymethod\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
-.fi
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBcallback\fR command,
-'\" Based on notes in the tcllib docs, we know the provenance of mymethod
-also called \fBmymethod\fR for compatibility with the ooutil and snit packages
-of Tcllib,
-and which should only be used from within the context of a call to a method
-(i.e. inside a method, constructor or destructor body) is used to generate a
-script fragment that will invoke the method, \fImethodName\fR, on the current
-object (as reported by \fBself\fR) when executed. Any additional arguments
-provided will be provided as leading arguments to the callback. The resulting
-script fragment shall be a proper list.
-.PP
-Note that it is up to the caller to ensure that the current object is able to
-handle the call of \fImethodName\fR; this command does not check that.
-\fImethodName\fR may refer to any exported or unexported method, but may not
-refer to a private method as those can only be invoked directly from within
-methods. If there is no such method present at the point when the callback is
-invoked, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handler will be called.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-This is a simple echo server class. The \fBcallback\fR command is used in two
-places, to arrange for the incoming socket connections to be handled by the
-\fIAccept\fR method, and to arrange for the incoming bytes on those
-connections to be handled by the \fIReceive\fR method.
-.PP
-.CS
-oo::class create EchoServer {
-    variable server clients
-    constructor {port} {
-        set server [socket -server [\fBcallback\fR Accept] $port]
-        set clients {}
-    }
-    destructor {
-        chan close $server
-        foreach client [dict keys $clients] {
-            chan close $client
-        }
-    }
-
-    method Accept {channel clientAddress clientPort} {
-        dict set clients $channel [dict create \e
-                address $clientAddress port $clientPort]
-        chan event $channel readable [\fBcallback\fR Receive $channel]
-    }
-    method Receive {channel} {
-        if {[chan gets $channel line] >= 0} {
-            my echo $channel $line
-        } else {
-            chan close $channel
-            dict unset clients $channel
-        }
-    }
-
-    method echo {channel line} {
-        dict with clients $channel {
-            chan puts $channel \e
-                    [format {[%s:%d] %s} $address $port $line]
-        }
-    }
-}
-.CE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-chan(n), fileevent(n), my(n), self(n), socket(n), trace(n)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-callback, object
-.\" Local Variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
Author	SHA1	Message	Date
pooryorick	95d7850d9e	merge trunk	2018-05-05 11:39:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans	8a090098fe	merge trunk	2017-02-01 15:03:59 +00:00
pooryorick	547a4781df	merge trunk	2016-10-03 16:55:56 +00:00
pooryorick	77140c23d4	Fix improper use of TclCheckEmptySTring.	2016-08-22 07:58:55 +00:00
pooryorick	382ff46e71	Remove unnecessary macro. Use an enum for result values.	2016-07-11 09:16:15 +00:00
pooryorick	0af0a4ef07	Change TclIsEmpty to TclCheckEmptyString. Check length instead of first char of bytes.	2016-07-11 08:09:33 +00:00
pooryorick	ee2b083ea7	Add missing "break".	2016-07-11 00:01:58 +00:00
pooryorick	2c4866bd92	Avoid generating string representation for comparisons against empty string.	2016-07-10 23:07:47 +00:00